10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
Q	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

OR

£	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ____________to_________________

Commission file Number: 0-24249

PDI, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware		22-2919486
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
Morris Corporate Center 1, Building A 300 Interpace Parkway, Parsippany, NJ  07054
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)
(800) 242-7494
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share	Name of each exchange on which registered The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes £    No Q

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes £   No Q

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes Q   No £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every

Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such short period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes Q    No £

Indicate by checkmark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (check one):

Large accelerated filer  £	Accelerated filer  £	Non-accelerated filer £	Smaller reporting company  Q
		(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes £    No Q

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2011, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was $42,804,861 (based on the closing sales price of the registrant's common stock on that date). Shares of the registrant's common stock held by each officer and director and each person who owns 10% or more of the outstanding common stock of the registrant have been excluded because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of March 6, 2012, 14,886,977 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, were issued and outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the registrant's 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the Proxy Statement), to be filed within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (Form 10-K), the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part hereof.

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

			Page
PART I
	Item 1.	Business	5
	Item 1A.	Risk Factors	11
	Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	17
	Item 2.	Properties	17
	Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	17
	Item 4.	Removed and Reserved	17
PART II
	Item 5.	Market for our Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	17
	Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	18
	Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	19
	Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	33
	Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	33
	Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	34
	Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	34
	Item 9B.	Other Information	34
PART III
	Item 10.	*Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	35
	Item 11.	*Executive Compensation	35
	Item 12.	*Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	35
	Item 13.	*Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	35
	Item 14.	*Principal Accounting Fees and Services	35
PART IV
	Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	35
Signatures			38

* The information required under this item is to be contained in the Proxy Statement for the registrant's annual meeting of stockholders, and is incorporated herein by reference. It is anticipated that the Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by April 27, 2012.

3

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENT INFORMATION

This Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act).  Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about our plans, objectives, beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements include statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “plans,” “estimates,” “intends,” “projects,” “should,” “may,” “will” or similar words and expressions.  These forward-looking statements are contained throughout this Form 10-K, including, but not limited to, statements found in Part I – Item 1 – “Business,” Part II – Item 5 – “Market for our Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Securities,” and Part II – Item 7 – “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Forward-looking statements are only predictions and are not guarantees of future performance.  These statements are based on current expectations and assumptions involving judgments about, among other things, future economic, competitive and market conditions and future business decisions, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict accurately and many of which are beyond our control.  These predictions are also affected by known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results to be materially different from those expressed or implied by any forward-looking statement.  Many of these factors are beyond our ability to control or predict.  Such factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

• The effects of the current worldwide economy;

• Changes in outsourcing trends or a reduction in promotional, marketing and sales expenditures in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries;

• Our customer concentration risk in light of continued consolidation within the pharmaceutical industry and our current business development opportunities;

• Early termination of a significant services contract, the loss of one or more of our significant customers or a material reduction in service revenues from such customers;

• Our ability to obtain additional funds in order to implement our business model;

• Our ability to successfully identify, complete and integrate any future acquisitions and the effects of any such acquisitions on our ongoing business;

• Our ability to meet performance goals in incentive-based arrangements with customers;

• Competition in our industry;

• Our ability to attract and retain qualified sales representatives and other key employees and management personnel;

• Product liability claims against us;

• Failure to comply with laws and regulations or changes to such laws and regulations by us, our industry or our customers;

• The sufficiency of our insurance and self-insurance reserves to cover future liabilities;

• Failure of third-party service providers to perform their obligations to us;

• Volatility of our stock price and fluctuations in our quarterly revenues and earnings;

• Our largest stockholder continuing to have significant influence, which could delay or prevent a change in corporate control that may otherwise be beneficial to our other stockholders;

• Our anti-takeover defenses could delay or prevent an acquisition and could adversely affect the price of our common stock;

• Failure of, or significant interruption to, the operation of our information technology and communication systems; and

• The results of any future impairment testing for goodwill and other intangible assets.

Please see Part I - Item 1A - "Risk Factors" of this Form 10-K, as well as other documents we file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) from time-to-time, for other important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our current expectations and from the forward-looking statements discussed herein.  Because of these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. In addition, these statements speak only as of the date of this Form 10-K and, except as may be required by law, we undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason.

4

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Summary of Business

We provide outsourced commercial services to established and emerging pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare companies in the United States. We are a leading provider of outsourced sales teams that target healthcare providers, offering a range of complementary sales support services designed to achieve our customers' strategic and financial product objectives.  In addition to outsourced sales teams, we also provide other promotional services including clinical educator services, digital communications, teledetailing and with the formation of our new business unit during the second quarter of 2011, Interpace BioPharma, we provide pharmaceutical, biotechnology, medical device and diagnostics clients with full-service product commercialization solutions.  These services include full supply chain management, operations, sales, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management. Combined, our services offer customers a range of both personal and non-personal promotional options for the commercialization of their products throughout the product lifecycles, from development through maturity.  We provide innovative and flexible service offerings designed to drive our customers’ businesses forward and successfully respond to a continually changing market.  Our services provide a vital link between our customers and the medical community through the communication of product information to physicians and other healthcare professionals for use in the care of their patients.

We have evolved our multichannel promotional capabilities through innovation, organic growth, acquisitions and strategic partnerships.  We have designed and implemented programs for many large pharmaceutical companies, a variety of emerging and specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies as well as nutritional, diagnostic and other healthcare service providers.  We recognize that our relationships with customers are dependent upon the quality of our performance and our ability to reach and engage their target audiences in a positive and meaningful manner. Our focus is to flawlessly execute our customers’ programs in order to consistently deliver their desired results.

On November 3, 2010, we acquired 100% of the membership interest in Group DCA, LLC (Group DCA), a privately held interactive digital communications company serving the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries. Based in Parsippany, New Jersey, Group DCA leverages the strength of the Internet, multimedia, tablet PCs, dimensional direct mail and its proprietary software, DIAGRAM^™ (DIAlog, GRAphics, Motion), to deliver digital selling solutions via interactive communications exchanges that accommodate the schedules of healthcare providers. Group DCA’s proprietary software also yields meaningful response data that allows customers the opportunity to better understand the needs and opinions of their audiences and, in turn, the opportunity to market to their audiences more effectively. With the combination of PDI’s traditional outsourced promotional services and Group DCA’s e-detailing, patient education communications and other digital communications, we expect to be even better positioned to offer customers increased insight and greater engagement, resulting in integrated information and more impactful messages being delivered to healthcare providers across multiple communication channels.

On December 29, 2011, we entered into an agreement to sell certain assets of our Pharmakon business unit to Informed Medical Communications, Inc. (“Informed”) in exchange for potential future royalty payments and a 1% ownership interest in Informed. See Note 18, Discontinued Operations, to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional details.

 On August 1, 2011, we announced the formation of our new business unit, Interpace BioPharma. Interpace BioPharma provides pharmaceutical, biotechnology, medical device and diagnostics clients with full-service product commercialization solutions. These services include full supply chain management, operations, sales, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management. This unit currently has one contract, the revenue and expenses of which can be found in the Product Commercialization Services segment.

On March 3, 2011, we announced the launch of a new business unit within our Sales Services segment, EngageCE, that provides clinical educator services to our customers. The goal of clinical educators is to work with healthcare providers in the management of chronic diseases in order to optimize patient care and outcomes. We have seen a growing demand for these types of services from our customers and we believe that the clinical educator services provided via EngageCE will complement traditional sales force efforts and enhance our offerings.

We completed exiting the marketing research business conducted by our TVG Marketing Research & Consulting (TVG)

5

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

business unit by the end of our third quarter, September 30, 2010.  Changes in the healthcare industry, including various mergers and acquisitions as well as healthcare reform, have resulted in a significant decrease in demand for the market research services our TVG business unit provided.  See Note 17, Segment Information, to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional details.

We commenced operations as an outsourced sales organization in 1987 and we completed our initial public offering in May 1998.  Our executive offices are located at Morris Corporate Center 1, Building A, 300 Interpace Parkway, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054. Our telephone number is (800) 242-7494.

Strategy

We are working towards establishing PDI as the leading outsourced commercialization services organization in the United States.  With a focus on superior quality and cost effectiveness, we have intensified our efforts on strengthening all aspects of our core outsourced promotional services business and broadening our overall commercialization capabilities.

Relative to our core outsourced promotional services businesses, which include our Sales Services segment (CSO and EngageCE--clinical educators) and Marketing Services Segment (Group DCA---digital communications and Voice--teledetailing), we have not only consistently added capabilities that strengthen our offerings, we have focused heavily on delivery of these multichannel services in an integrated and optimized manner. We offer two distinct forms of outsourced promotional services: personal and non-personal promotion. Personal promotion involves a face-to-face interaction between a healthcare provider and a sales representative or clinical educator during normal business hours. These services are included within our Sales Services and Product Commercialization segments. Non-personal promotion involves the healthcare provider accessing clinical or product information via a personal computer, tablet, mobile device or telephone at a time that is convenient to them. Due to the on-demand nature of our non-personal offerings, healthcare professionals can participate 24 hours a day, 7 days a week whether at home, in the office or from another remote location. Our non-personal promotional options are included within our Marketing Services segment.

In addition to our core promotional services, the company launched Interpace BioPharma in 2011. Interpace BioPharma provides full-service product commercialization solutions to pharmaceutical, biotechnology, medical device and diagnostics clients. Interpace BioPharma is in our Product Commercialization Segment and focuses on all aspects of product commercialization, including, product distribution, product detailing, full supply chain management, operations, sales, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management. We anticipate focusing additional resources on Interpace Biopharma going forward as we believe this will be a growing segment for: foreign companies who desire to establish a commercial presence in the United States; small and emerging companies in the United States who want to launch a product but do not have the installed infrastructure to mitigate commercialization risk; and large companies who wish to outsource established brands that have past their growth phase. 

As we have now developed full product commercialization expertise, we may search for modest in-licensing opportunities that complement our existing commercial expertise and allow us to leverage the deep commercial know-how resident within PDI, enabling us to gain access to recurring revenues and improved margins. Our ability to execute in a flexible, highly efficient manner, leveraging both personal and non-personal channels, through multi-channel integration is superior in the industry. We believe that this skill set will enable PDI to drive incremental revenues and profits from product opportunities or highly specialized niche markets that are ready for a more innovative commercial model. 

Reporting Segments and Business Units

We have three reporting segments: Sales Services; Marketing Services and Product Commercialization Services (PC Services).

Sales Services (Personal Promotion)

This segment, which focuses primarily on product detailing, includes our outsourced sales teams and a new business unit, EngageCE, and represented 86% of our consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011.  Product detailing involves a sales representative meeting face-to-face with targeted physicians and other healthcare decision makers to provide a technical review of the product being promoted and deliver marketing materials, including samples.  Outsourced sales teams can be deployed on either a customer dedicated or shared basis, and may use either full-time or flex-time sales representatives.  This segment also includes a portfolio of expanded sales services which includes talent acquisition services, short-term teams and vacancy coverage services.  Our talent acquisition platform provides pharmaceutical customers with an outsourced, stand-alone sales force recruiting and on-boarding service.  Short-term programs provide temporary full or flex-time sales teams, and are designed to help our customers increase brand impact during key market cycles, rapidly respond to regional opportunities, or conduct pilot programs.  Our vacancy coverage service provides customers with outsourced full or flex-time sales representatives to fill

6

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

temporary territory vacancies created by leaves of absence within our customers’ internal sales forces, thereby allowing our customers to maintain continuity of services.

Dedicated Sales Teams

A Dedicated Sales Team works exclusively on behalf of one customer.  The sales team is customized to meet the customer’s specifications with respect to sales representative profile, physician targeting, product training, incentive compensation plans, integration with the customer’s in-house sales force, call reporting platform and data integration.  Without adding permanent personnel, our customers receive high quality, industry-standard sales teams comparable to their internal sales force.

Shared Sales Teams

Our Shared Sales Teams business model centers on an existing PDI-managed team where multiple non-competing brands are promoted for different pharmaceutical companies.  Using these teams, we make a face-to-face selling resource available to those customers who want an alternative to a Dedicated Sales Team.  We are a leading provider of this type of detailing program in the United States.  Since costs are shared among various companies, these programs may be less expensive for the customer than programs involving a dedicated sales force.  With a Shared Sales Team, our customers receive targeted coverage of their physician audience.

EngageCE

Launched in the first quarter of 2011, EngageCE offers expert clinical educators to work with health care providers in the management of chronic diseases in order to optimize patient care and outcomes. EngageCE clinical educators will help medical practices transition from providing routine health care to implementing recognized and recommended standards of care.   The primary focus of EngageCE will be to instill best-practice treatment standards and procedures among health care practitioners and engage in discussions on appropriate drug therapies. This will involve introducing new protocols that can proactively enhance patient and disease management, with the goals of preventing medical issues from becoming more serious and of improving patient outcomes. The secondary focus will be to provide patient education on medical treatments to improve patients' ownership of their disease.

Marketing Services (Non-personal Promotion)

This segment includes two business units:  Group DCA and PDI Voice (Voice).  The Marketing Services segment represented 8% of consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011.  On December 29, 2011, we sold certain assets of our Pharmakon business unit and classified Pharmakon as discontinued operations. In September 2010, we exited the market research business, ceased the operations of the TVG business unit and classified TVG as discontinued operations.  We do not have continuing operations in these disposed business units.

Group DCA

Group DCA’s business is focused on the creation, design and implementation of interactive digital communications, including its award-winning e-detailing programs to the healthcare community on behalf of its pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare customers.  Group DCA leverages the strength of the Internet, multimedia, tablet PCs, mobile devices, dimensional direct mail and its proprietary software, DIAGRAM™ (DIAlog, GRAphics, Motion), to deliver digital selling solutions via interactive communications exchanges that accommodate the schedules of healthcare providers. Group DCA’s proprietary software also yields meaningful response data that allows customers the opportunity to better understand the needs and opinions of their audiences and, in turn, the opportunity to market to their audiences more effectively.

Voice

Voice’s business is focused on the creation of teledetailing programs that are executed via our tele-representatives. Voice programs are designed to cover healthcare providers that are either categorized as “no see,” who are geographically not covered by our customer’s sales team or where a vacancy within the team exists. In addition to teledetailing programs, our call center can provide program enrollment support, conduct telephonic surveys and manage sample, literature and other materials fulfillment requests by healthcare providers.

Product Commercialization Services (PC Services)

Interpace BioPharma

7

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

Interpace BioPharma provides pharmaceutical, biotechnology, medical device and diagnostics clients with full-service product commercialization solutions. These services include product detailing, full supply chain management, operations, sales, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management. The PC Services segment represented 6% of consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011.

For details on revenue, operating results and total assets by segment, see Note 17, Segment Information, to the consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K.

Contracts

Set forth below is a general description of our service contracts within each of our business segments.

Sales Services

Contracts within our Sales Services reporting segment consist primarily of detailing agreements and are nearly all fee-for-service arrangements.  The term of these contracts is typically between one and two years. On occasion, certain contracts have terms that are modestly shorter or longer due to the seasonal nature of the products or at the request of the customer. All agreements, whether or not specifically provided for by terms within the contract, may be renewed or extended upon mutual agreement of the parties. Renewed or extended contracts may include revised terms for provisions such as pricing, penalties, incentives and performance metrics.

The majority of our Sales Services contracts are terminable by the customer without cause upon 30 days’ to 180 days’ prior written notice. Additionally, certain contracts include provisions mandating that such notice may not be provided prior to a pre-determined future date and also provide for termination payments if the customer terminates the agreement without cause.  Typically, however, the total compensation provided by minimum service periods (otherwise referred to as minimum purchase obligations) and termination payments within any individual agreement will not fully offset the revenue we would have earned from fully executing the contract or the costs we may incur as a result of its early termination. The loss or termination of multiple Sales Services contracts could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

Our Sales Services contracts generally include standard mutual representations and warranties as well as mutual confidentiality and indemnification provisions, including product liability indemnification for our protection. Some of our contracts also include exclusivity provisions limiting our ability to promote competing products during the contract service period unless consent has been provided by the customer, and may also require the personnel we utilize to be dedicated exclusively to promoting the customer’s product for the term of the contract.

Some of our contracts, including contracts with significant customers of ours, may contain performance benchmarks requiring adherence to certain call plan metrics, such as a minimum amount of detailing activity to certain physician targets within a specified time period. Our failure to meet these benchmarks may result in specific financial penalties for us such as a reduction in our program management fee on our dedicated sales agreements, or a discount on the fee we are permitted to charge per detail on our shared sales agreements. Conversely, these same agreements generally include incentive payments that can be earned if our promotional activities generate results that meet or exceed agreed-upon performance targets, both related to call plan adherence as well as increases in the number of prescriptions written by physician targets.

All of our contracts provide for certain reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses such as travel, meals and entertainment or product sample distribution costs, for which we are reimbursed at cost by our customers. Certain contracts may also provide for reimbursement of other types of expenses depending upon the type of services we are providing to the customer.

Marketing Services

Our Marketing Services reporting segment is comprised of our Group DCA and Voice business units. Our Group DCA business unit enters into contracts and performs services with our major clients that fall under the scope of a master service agreements (MSAs) and typically have a term of one to three years.  These MSAs include standard representations and warranties, as well as confidentiality and indemnification obligations, and are generally terminable by the customer or us, without cause or prior written notice, for any reason.  If terminated, the customer is responsible for work completed to date, plus the cost of any nonrefundable commitments we made on their behalf. There is significant customer concentration within our Group DCA business unit.

Our Voice business unit enters into contracts and performs services with our clients that generally take the form of MSAs and

8

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

typically have a term of three months to one year. 

PC Services

Our PC Services segment currently consists of our Interpace BioPharma business unit. In August 2011, Interpace BioPharma announced its first contract, a two and one-half year fee-for-service arrangement with a pharmaceutical company. This contract includes standard representations and warranties, as well as mutual confidentiality and indemnification obligations for our protection, and is terminable by the customer without cause upon 180 days prior written notice after the first anniversary of the contract effective date. If the contract is terminated by the customer without cause, breakup fees apply. The total compensation provided by the break up fee will not fully offset the revenue we would have earned from fully executing the contract or the costs we may incur as a result of its early termination. During the year ended December 31, 2011, one customer accounted for all of the revenue in our PC Services segment.

This contract also includes exclusivity provisions limiting our ability to promote competing products during the contract service period unless consent has been provided by the customer, and may also require the personnel we utilize to be dedicated exclusively to promoting the customer’s product for the term of the contract. This agreement also includes incentive payments that can be earned if our promotional activities generate results that meet or exceed agreed-upon performance targets.

In addition, this contract provides for certain reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses such as travel, meals and entertainment and product sample distribution costs, for which we are reimbursed at cost by our customer.

Significant Customers

Historically, we have experienced a high degree of customer concentration in our businesses.  Our three largest customers were Pfizer Inc., Ferring Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Genentech, which accounted for 42.7%, 17.8% and 13.8%, respectively, of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 and collectively accounted for 56% of our accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2011.

Marketing

Our marketing efforts target established and emerging companies in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries and are designed to reach the senior sales, marketing, and business development personnel within these companies with the goal of informing them of the services we offer and the value we can bring to the promotion and sale of their products.  Our tactical plan usually includes editorial contributions and/or advertising in trade publications, direct marketing campaigns, presence at industry seminars and conferences and a direct selling effort.  We have a dedicated team of business development specialists who work within our business units to identify needs and opportunities within the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries that we can address. We review possible business opportunities as identified by our business development team and develop a customized strategy and solution for each attractive business opportunity.

Competition

With respect to our Sales Services reporting segment, we compete with our customers’ ability to manage their needs internally.  In addition, a small number of providers comprise the market for outsourced sales teams, and we believe that PDI, inVentiv Health Inc., Quintiles, and Publicis Touchpoint Solutions - part of Publicis Groupe SA, accounted for the majority of the outsourced sales team market share in the United States in 2011.  Our Marketing Services reporting segment operates in a highly fragmented and competitive market and we believe that PDI, WebMD, Inc., Cadient Group, Inc., Heartbeat Digital, Digitas, Inc. – part of Publicis Groupe SA, were the significant providers of marketing services to the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries in 2011.

We compete on the basis of such factors as reputation, service quality, management experience, performance record, customer satisfaction, ability to respond to specific customer needs, integration skills and price.  Increased competition and/or a decrease in demand for our services may also lead to other forms of competition.  We believe that our business units individually and our organization as a whole have a variety of competitive advantages that allow us to compete successfully in the marketplaces for our services.  While we believe we compete effectively with respect to each of these factors, certain of our competitors are larger than us and have greater capital, personnel and other resources than we have.  Increased competition may lead to pricing pressures and competitive practices that could have a material adverse effect on our market share and our ability to attract new business opportunities as well as our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Employees

9

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

As of February 29, 2012, we had approximately 870 employees, including approximately 600 full-time employees.  Approximately 87% of our employees are field sales representatives and sales managers.  We are not party to a collective bargaining agreement with any labor union.

Available Information

Our website address is www.pdi-inc.com.  We are not including the information contained on our website as part of, or incorporating such information by reference into, this Form 10-K.  We make available free of charge through our website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.

The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding registrants such as us that file electronically with the SEC. The website address is www.sec.gov.

Government Regulations and Industry Guidelines

The healthcare sector is subject to extensive federal, state and local government regulations. A complex and evolving body of laws and regulations affects, among other matters, the approval, provision, licensing, labeling, marketing, promotion, price, sale and reimbursement of healthcare services and products, including pharmaceutical products.  The federal government has extensive enforcement powers over the activities of pharmaceutical manufacturers, including authority to withdraw product approvals, commence actions to seize and prohibit the sale of unapproved or non-complying products, to halt manufacturing operations that are not in compliance with good manufacturing practices, and to impose or seek injunctions, voluntary recalls, and civil, monetary, and criminal penalties.

The Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, as supplemented by various other statutes, regulates, among other matters, the approval, labeling, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution of drugs, including the practice of providing product samples to physicians. Under this statute, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) regulates all promotional activities involving prescription drugs.  The distribution of pharmaceutical products is also governed by the Prescription Drug Marketing Act (PDMA), which regulates promotional activities at both the federal and state level.  The PDMA imposes extensive licensing, personnel record keeping, packaging, quantity, labeling, product handling and facility storage and security requirements intended to prevent the sale of pharmaceutical product samples or other diversions.  Under the PDMA and its implementing regulations, states are permitted to require registration of manufacturers and distributors who provide pharmaceutical products even if such manufacturers or distributors have no place of business within the state.  States are also permitted to adopt regulations limiting the distribution of product samples to licensed practitioners and require extensive record keeping and labeling of such samples for tracing purposes.  The sale or distribution of pharmaceutical products is also governed by the Federal Trade Commission Act and state consumer protection laws.

There are also numerous federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse as well as increased scrutiny regarding the off-label promotion and marketing of pharmaceutical products and devices. In particular, certain federal and state laws prohibit manufacturers, suppliers and providers from offering, giving or receiving kickbacks or other remuneration in connection with ordering or recommending the purchase or rental of healthcare items and services. The federal anti-kickback statute imposes both civil and criminal penalties for, among other things, offering or paying any remuneration to induce someone to refer patients to, or to purchase, lease or order (or arrange for or recommend the purchase, lease or order of) any item or service for which payment may be made by Medicare or other federally-funded state healthcare programs (e.g., Medicaid). This statute also prohibits soliciting or receiving any remuneration in exchange for engaging in any of these activities. The prohibition applies whether the remuneration is provided directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind. Violations of the statute can result in numerous sanctions, including criminal fines, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in the Medicare and Medicaid programs.  Several states also have referral, fee splitting and other similar laws that may restrict the payment or receipt of remuneration in connection with the purchase or rental of medical equipment and supplies. State laws vary in scope and have been infrequently interpreted by courts and regulatory agencies, but may apply to all healthcare items or services, regardless of whether Medicare or Medicaid funds are involved.

Some of the services that we currently perform or that we may provide in the future may also be affected by various guidelines established by industry and professional organizations. For example, ethical guidelines established by the American Medical Association (AMA) govern, among other matters, the receipt by physicians of gifts from health-related entities. These guidelines govern honoraria and other items of economic value that AMA member physicians may receive, directly or indirectly, from

10

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

pharmaceutical companies. Similar guidelines and policies have been adopted by other professional and industry organizations, such as Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America, an industry trade group.  In addition, the Office of the Inspector General has also issued guidance for pharmaceutical manufacturers and the Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education has issued guidelines for providers of continuing medical education.

ITEM 1A.           RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information provided in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should carefully consider the following factors in evaluating our business, operations and financial condition.  Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, which we currently deem immaterial or that are similar to those faced by other companies in our industry or businesses in general, such as competitive conditions, may also impair our business operations.  The occurrence of any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Changes in outsourcing trends in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology or healthcare industries could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business depends in large part on demand from the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries for outsourced promotional services.  The practice of many companies in these industries has been to hire outside organizations like PDI to conduct large sales and marketing projects on their behalf.  However, companies may elect to perform these services internally for a variety of reasons, including the rate of new product development and FDA approval of those products, the number of sales representatives employed internally in relation to demand, the need to promote new and existing products, and competition from other suppliers.  During the past few years, there has been a slow-down in the rate of approval of new products by the FDA and this trend may continue. While a significant portion of our revenue is derived from our sales force arrangements with large pharmaceutical companies, and we have therefore benefited from cost control measures implemented by these companies and their resultant increased reliance on outsourced promotional services in 2011, we also were impacted significantly and adversely in previous years when several large pharmaceutical companies made changes to their commercial model by reducing the number of sales representatives employed internally and through outside organizations like PDI.  These and other developments within the pharmaceutical industry have resulted in volatility in the market for outsourced sales and marketing services during the last few years, and there can be no assurances regarding the continuation, timing or extent of any changes of these trends.  If companies in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology or healthcare industries reduce their demand for outsourcing services, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

If companies in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology or healthcare industries significantly reduce their promotional, marketing and sales expenditures or significantly reduce or eliminate the role of sales representatives in the promotion of their products, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Our revenues depend on promotional, marketing and sales expenditures by companies in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries.  Promotional, marketing and sales expenditures by pharmaceutical manufacturers have in the past been, and could in the future be, negatively impacted by, among other things, governmental reform or private market initiatives intended to reduce the cost of pharmaceutical products or by governmental, medical association or pharmaceutical industry initiatives designed to regulate the manner in which pharmaceutical manufacturers promote their products as well as the high level of patent expiration and related introduction of generic versions of branded medicine within the industry.  Furthermore, the trend in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries toward consolidation may result in a reduction in overall sales and marketing expenditures and, potentially, a reduction in the use of outsourced sales and marketing services providers.  This reduction in demand for outsourced sales and marketing services could be further exacerbated by the current economic condition of the United States and foreign countries. If companies in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology or healthcare industries significantly reduce their promotional, marketing and sales expenditures or significantly reduce or eliminate the role of sales representatives in the promotion of their products, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Our service contracts are generally cancelable at any time, which may result in lost revenue and additional costs and expenses.

Our service contracts are generally for a term of one to two years (certain of our business units have contracts of shorter duration) and many may be terminated by the customer at any time for any reason.  In addition, many of our customers may internalize the contracted sales teams we provide under the terms of the contract or otherwise significantly reduce the number of sales representatives we deploy on their behalf.  The early termination or significant reduction of a contract by one of our customers not only would result in lost revenue, but also cause us to incur additional costs and expenses, such as termination expenses relating to excess employee capacity.  All of our sales representatives are employees rather than independent contractors. Accordingly, when a contract is significantly reduced or terminated, unless we can immediately transfer the related sales force to a new program,

11

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

if permitted under the contract, we must either continue to compensate those employees, without realizing any related revenue, or terminate their employment. If we terminate their employment, we may incur significant expenses relating to their termination.  The loss, termination or significant reduction of a large contract or the loss or termination of multiple contracts could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The majority of our revenue is derived from a very limited number of customers, the loss of any one of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our revenue and profitability depend to a great extent on our relationships with a very limited number of large pharmaceutical companies. As of December 31, 2011, our three largest customers accounted for approximately 74.3% of our 2011 revenue.  As of December 31, 2010, our three largest customers accounted for approximately 82.8% of our 2010 revenue. While we expect to continue gaining new business in 2012, it is likely that our revenue and profitability will continue to be dependent on significant contracts with a very limited number of large pharmaceutical companies, and we may experience an even higher degree of customer concentration in 2012 and beyond in light of continued consolidation within the pharmaceutical industry and current business development opportunities.

In order to continue increasing our revenues, we will need to maintain and grow business with our existing customers while attracting additional significant customers.  Our failure to attract a sufficient number of new customers during a particular period, or our inability to replace the loss of or significant reduction in business from a major customer could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If any future at-risk or other similar opportunities that we may pursue are not profitable for us, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

While we are not actively engaged in any fully at-risk opportunities at this time, we continue to evaluate potential opportunities on a very selective and opportunistic basis.  To the extent we enter into any arrangements in the future in which our anticipated revenue is based on sales of the product, there can be no assurance that our promotional activities will generate sufficient product sales for these types of arrangements to be profitable for us and our business.  In addition, there are a number of factors that could negatively impact product sales during the term of a sales force promotional program, many of which are beyond our control, including the level of promotional response to the product,  withdrawal of the product from the market, the launch of a therapeutically equivalent generic version of the product, the introduction of a competing product, loss of managed care covered lives, a significant disruption in the manufacture or supply of the product as well as other significant events that could affect sales of the product or the prescription market for the product. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected if sales of products subject to these types of arrangements are not at adequate levels.

If we do not meet performance goals established in our incentive-based and revenue-sharing arrangements with customers, our revenue could be materially and adversely affected.

We have entered into a number of incentive-based arrangements with our customers. Under incentive-based arrangements, we are typically paid a lower fixed fee and, in addition, have an opportunity to earn additional compensation upon achieving specific performance goals with respect to the products being detailed.  Typically, these performance goals relate to targeted sales or prescription volumes, sales force performance metrics or a combination thereof.  In addition, we have entered into and may in the future enter into revenue sharing arrangements with customers.  Under revenue sharing arrangements, we are typically paid a fixed fee covering all or a portion of our direct costs with our remaining compensation based on the market performance of the products being promoted by us, usually expressed as a percentage of product sales.  These incentive-based and revenue sharing arrangements transfer some or most of the market risk from our customers to us. In addition, these arrangements can result in variability in revenue and earnings due to seasonality of product usage, changes in market share, new product introductions (including the introduction of competing generic products into the market), overall promotional efforts and other market-related factors.  If we are unable to meet the performance goals established in our incentive-based arrangements or the market performance goals in our revenue sharing arrangements, our revenue could be materially and adversely affected.

Additionally, certain of our service contracts may contain penalty provisions pursuant to which our fixed fees may be significantly reduced if we do not meet certain minimum performance metrics, which may include the number and timing of sales calls, physician reach, territory vacancies and/or sales representative turnover.

Our industry is highly competitive and our failure to address competitive developments may reduce our market share, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our primary competitors for sales and marketing services include in-house sales and marketing departments of pharmaceutical,

12

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

biotechnology and healthcare companies, other contract sales organizations (CSOs) and providers of marketing and related services.  Most of our current and potential competitors are larger than us and have substantially greater capital, personnel and other resources than we have and certain of our competitors currently offer a broader range of personal and non-personal promotional and other related promotional services than we do. Additionally, certain of our competitors provide services on a global basis at the request of pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare customers. Our inability to continue to remain competitive with respect to the range of service offerings that we can provide companies within the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries on a global basis or any other factors that result in increased competition may reduce our market share, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and result of results of operations.

We may require additional funds in order to implement our business model, which we may be unable to obtain on favorable terms, if at all.

We may require additional funds in order to pursue certain business opportunities or meet future operating requirements, develop incremental marketing and sales capabilities; and/or acquire other complementary businesses.  We may seek additional funding through public or private equity or debt financing or other arrangements with collaborative partners.  Any debt financing arrangements that we enter into may require us to comply with specified financial ratios, including ratios regarding interest coverage, total leverage, senior secured leverage and fixed charge coverage.  Our ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by events beyond our control.  If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, further dilution to existing stockholders may result.  As a condition to providing us with additional funds, future investors may demand, and may be granted, rights superior to those of existing stockholders.  We cannot be certain, however, that additional financing will be available from any of these sources or, if available, will be available on acceptable or affordable terms.  If adequate additional funds are not available, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate one or more of our strategic initiatives.

Our liquidity, business and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if the financial institutions that hold our funds fail.

We have substantial funds held in bank deposits, money market funds and other accounts at certain financial institutions.  A significant portion of the funds held in these accounts exceeds the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation's insurance limits.  If any of the financial institutions where we have deposited funds were to fail, we may lose some or all of our deposited funds that exceed the insurance coverage limit. Such a loss could have a material and adverse effect on our liquidity, business and financial condition.

Our business may suffer if we fail to attract and retain qualified sales representatives.

The success and growth of our business depends in large part on our ability to attract and retain qualified sales representatives.  There is competition for sales representatives from CSOs and pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare companies.  In addition, in certain instances, we offer customers the option to permanently hire our sales representatives, and on occasion, our customers have hired the sales representatives that we trained to detail their products. We cannot provide assurance that we will continue to attract and retain qualified personnel.  If we cannot attract and retain qualified sales personnel our Sales Services business will suffer and our ability to perform under our existing sales force contracts may be impaired.

If we do not increase our revenues and successfully manage the size of our operations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

The majority of our operating expenses are personnel-related costs such as employee compensation and benefits as well as the cost of infrastructure to support our operations, including facility space and equipment.  We continuously review our personnel to determine whether we are fully utilizing their services.  If we believe we are not in a position to fully utilize our personnel, we may make reductions to our workforce. If we are unable to achieve revenue growth in the future or fail to adjust our cost infrastructure to the appropriate level to support our revenues, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Enacted healthcare reform legislation may increase our costs, impair our ability to match our pricing with any such increased costs, and therefore could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) (also known as the Sunshine Act) was signed into law on March 23, 2010.  The PPACA was subsequently amended on March 30, 2010 by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (the Reconciliation Act).  The PPACA and Reconciliation Act (collectively the Act) entail sweeping healthcare reforms with staggered effective dates from 2010 through 2018, and many provisions in the Act require the issuance of additional guidance

13

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

from the U.S. Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, and state governments.  This reform includes, but is not limited to: the implementation of a small business tax credit; required changes in the design of our healthcare policy including providing insurance coverage to part-time workers working thirty or more hours per week; “grandfathering” provisions for existing policies; state insurance exchanges; “pay or play” requirements; and a “Cadillac plan” excise tax.  We are currently unable to determine the long-term impact of such legislation on our business. Since many provisions of the Act do not become operative until future years, we do not expect the Act to have a material adverse impact on our near term results of operations.  However, healthcare reform as mandated and implemented under the Act and any future federal or state mandated healthcare reform could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations by increasing our costs, hindering our ability to effectively match our cost of providing health insurance with our pricing and impeding our ability to attract and retain customers as well as potentially changing our business model or causing us to lose certain current competitive advantages.

Changes in governmental regulation could negatively impact our business operations and increase our costs.

The pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries are subject to a high degree of governmental regulation.  Significant changes in these regulations affecting the services we provide, including product promotional, marketing research services and physician interaction programs, could result in the imposition of additional restrictions on these types of activities, additional costs to us in providing these services to our customers or otherwise negatively impact our business operations.  Changes in governmental regulations mandating price controls and limitations on patient access to our customers' products could also reduce, eliminate or otherwise negatively impact our customers' utilization of our sales and marketing services.

Our failure, or that of our customers, to comply with applicable healthcare regulations could limit, prohibit or otherwise adversely impact our business activities and could result in substantial penalties.

Various laws, regulations and guidelines established by government, industry and professional bodies affect, among other matters, the provision, licensing, labeling, marketing, promotion, sale and distribution of healthcare services and products, including pharmaceutical products.  The healthcare industry also is regulated by various federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including prohibitions on the payment or acceptance of kickbacks or other remuneration in return for the purchase or lease of products that are paid for by Medicare or Medicaid. Violations of these regulations may incur investigation or enforcement action by the FDA, Department of Justice, state agencies, or other legal authorities, and may result in substantial civil, criminal, or other sanctions.  Sanctions for violating the fraud and abuse laws also may include possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal or state healthcare programs.  Although we believe our current business arrangements do not violate these laws, we cannot assure you that our business practices will not be challenged under these laws in the future or that a challenge would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, even if we successfully defend against such claims.  While we rely on contractual indemnification provisions with our customers to protect us against certain claims, we cannot provide assurance that these provisions will be fully enforceable or that they will provide adequate protection against the claims intended to be covered.

If our customers continue to experience increased competition from manufacturers of generic drugs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted.

Our revenues depend on promotional, marketing and sales expenditures by companies in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries.  Promotional, marketing and sales expenditures by pharmaceutical manufacturers have in the past been, and could in the future be, negatively impacted by the introduction of generic versions of branded medicines.  This generic competition may occur upon the expiration or loss of patent protection, or in certain circumstances, upon the “at-risk” launch by a generic manufacturer of a generic version of a product we are promoting. The timing or impact of generic competition cannot be accurately predicted by us or our customers and could cause our customers to introduce cost cutting initiatives that result in reduced demand for our outsourced promotional services, or lead to the early termination of existing contracts, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may experience impairment charges of our goodwill and other intangible assets.

We are required to evaluate goodwill and other intangible assets for impairment at least annually, and between annual tests if events or circumstances warrant such a test.  These events or circumstances could include a significant long-term adverse change in the business climate, poor indicators of operating performance or a sale or disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit.  We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is one level below our segments.  Goodwill has been assigned to the reporting units to which the value of the goodwill relates.  We currently have five reporting units, with one reporting unit, Group DCA, having goodwill and other intangible assets.  If we determine that the fair value is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss will be recorded in our statement of operations.  The determination of fair value is a highly subjective exercise

14

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

and can produce significantly different results based on the assumptions used and methodologies employed.  If our projected long-term sales growth rate, profit margins or terminal growth rate are considerably lower and/or the assumed weighted-average cost of capital is considerably higher, future testing may indicate impairment and we would have to record a non-cash impairment loss in our statement of operations. See Note 7, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

If our insurance and self-insurance reserves are insufficient to cover our future liabilities for workers compensation, automobile and general liability and employee healthcare benefits, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance to provide for potential liabilities for workers' compensation, automobile and general liability and employee healthcare benefits.  Although we have reserved for these liabilities not covered by third-party insurance, our reserves are based on estimates developed using actuarial data as well as historical trends.  Any projection of these losses is subject to a high degree of variability and we may not be able to accurately predict the number or value of the claims that occur in the future.  In the event that our actual liability exceeds our reserves for any given period or if we are unable to control rapidly increasing healthcare costs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

If our information technology and communications systems fail or we experience a significant interruption in their operation, our reputation, business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

The efficient operation of our business is dependent on our information technology and communications systems.  The failure of these systems to operate as anticipated could disrupt our business and result in decreased revenue and increased overhead costs.  In addition, we do not have complete redundancy for all of our systems and our disaster recovery planning cannot account for all eventualities.  Our information technology and communications systems, including the information technology systems and services that are maintained by third party vendors, are vulnerable to damage or interruption from natural disasters, fire, terrorist attacks, malicious attacks by computer viruses or hackers, power loss or failure of computer systems, Internet, telecommunications or data networks.  If these systems or services become unavailable or suffer a security breach, we may expend significant resources to address these problems, and our reputation, business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

If we incur problems with any of our third party service providers, our business operations could be adversely affected.

We have historically relied on outside vendors for a variety of services and functions significant to our businesses.  In the event one or more of our vendors ceases operations, terminates its service contract or otherwise fails to perform its obligations to us in a timely and efficient manner, we may be unable to replace these vendors on a timely basis at comparable prices, which could adversely affect our ability to satisfy our contractual obligations to our customers or otherwise meet business objectives and could lead to increases in our cost structure.

We may make acquisitions in the future which may lead to disruptions to our ongoing business.

Historically, we have made a number of acquisitions, and we may pursue new acquisition opportunities in the future.  If we are unable to successfully integrate an acquired company or business, the acquisition could lead to disruptions to our business.  The success of an acquisition will depend upon, among other things, our ability to:

• assimilate the operations and services or products of the acquired company or business;

• integrate new personnel associated with the acquisition;

• retain and motivate key employees;

• retain customers; and

• minimize the diversion of management's attention from other business concerns.

In the event that the operations of an acquired company or business do not meet our performance expectations, we may have to restructure the acquired company or business or write-off the value of some or all of the assets of the acquired company or business, including goodwill and other intangible assets identified at the time of acquisition.

In addition, the current market for acquisition targets in our industry is extremely competitive, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully identify, bid for and complete acquisitions necessary or desirable to achieve our strategic goals.

Our quarterly revenues and operating results may vary, which may cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate.

15

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

Our quarterly operating results may vary as a result of a number of factors, including:

• the commencement, delay, cancellation or completion of sales and marketing programs;

• regulatory developments;

• uncertainty about when, if at all, revenue from any product commercialization arrangements and/or other incentive-based arrangements with our customers will be recognized;

• mix of services provided and/or mix of programs during the period;

• timing and amount of expenses for implementing new programs and accuracy of estimates of resources required for ongoing programs;

• timing and integration of any acquisitions; and

• changes in regulations related to pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare companies.

In addition, in the case of revenue related to service contracts, we recognize revenue as services are performed, while program costs, other than training costs, are expensed as incurred.  For all contracts, training costs are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the life of the contract to which they relate or 12 months.  As a result, during the first two to three months of a new contract, we may incur substantial expenses associated with implementing that new program without recognizing any revenue under that contract.  This could have a material adverse impact on our operating results and the price of our common stock for the quarters in which these expenses are incurred.  For these and other reasons, we believe that quarterly comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Fluctuations in quarterly results could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock in a manner unrelated to our long-term operating performance.

Our stock price is volatile and could be further affected by events not within our control, and an investment in our common stock could suffer a decline in value.

The market for our common stock is volatile.  During 2011, our stock traded at a low of $5.27 and a high of $11.35.  In 2010, our stock traded at a low of $4.52 and a high of $11.78.  The trading price of our common stock has been and will continue to be subject to:

• general volatility in the trading markets;

• significant fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;

• significant changes in our cash and cash equivalent reserves;

• announcements regarding our business or the business of our competitors;

• strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

• industry and/or regulatory developments;

• changes in revenue mix;

• changes in revenue and revenue growth rates for us and for our industry as a whole;

• changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; and

• statements or changes in opinions, ratings or earnings estimates made by brokerage firms or industry analysts relating to the markets in which we operate or expect to operate.

Our largest stockholder continues to have significant influence, which could delay or prevent a change in corporate control that may otherwise be beneficial to our stockholders.

John P. Dugan, our former chairman, beneficially owns approximately 33% of our outstanding common stock.  As a result, Mr. Dugan is able to exercise significant influence over the election of all of our directors and to determine the outcome of most corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including a merger with or into another company, the sale of all or substantially all of our assets and amendments to our certificate of incorporation.  This ownership concentration by Mr. Dugan could delay or prevent a change in corporate control that may otherwise be beneficial to our other stockholders.

We have anti-takeover defenses that could delay or prevent an acquisition and could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions, such as providing for three classes of directors, which may make it more difficult to remove our directors and management and may adversely affect the price of our common stock. In addition, our certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock, which allows our board of directors to create one or more classes of preferred stock with rights and preferences greater than those afforded to the holders of our common stock.  This provision could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a future takeover or a change in control, unless the takeover or change in control is approved by our board of directors.  We are also subject to laws that may have a similar effect. For example, section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits us from engaging in a business

16

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years from the date the person became an interested stockholder unless certain conditions are met.  As a result of the foregoing, it will be difficult for another company to acquire us and, therefore, could limit the price that possible investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. In addition, the rights of our common stockholders will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock that may be issued in the future.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters are located in, and our Sales Services and PC Services segments are operated out of, Parsippany, New Jersey where we lease approximately 23,000 square feet.  The lease runs through June 2017.  Our Marketing Services business unit, Group DCA, operates out of an approximately 21,000 square foot facility in Parsippany, New Jersey under a lease that expires in June 2017, with a June 2014 early cancellation provision.  The cancellation provision requires nine months notice and a cancellation fee.

We also lease approximately 84,000 square feet of office space in Saddle River, New Jersey (our former corporate headquarters), that terminates in January 2016 and is cancellable by PDI on June 30, 2015.  We have entered into subleases, which run through the end of the underlying lease, for all of the square footage at our Saddle River facility. Our discontinued Marketing Services business unit, TVG, operated out of a 38,000 square foot facility in Dresher, Pennsylvania under a lease that runs for a term of approximately 12 years and terminates in November 2016.  We have sublet substantially all of the office space in Dresher, Pennsylvania through the end of the underlying lease. Our discontinued Marketing Services business unit, Pharmakon, operated out of a 6,700 square foot facility in Schaumburg, Illinois under a lease that expires in February 2015. We are seeking to sublease our office space at our Schaumburg, Illinois location. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to successfully sublet the unused office space on favorable terms or at all.

We believe that our current facilities are adequate for our current and foreseeable operations and that suitable additional space will be available if needed.

ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are currently a party to legal proceedings incidental to our business.  As required, we have accrued our estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. While management currently believes that the ultimate outcome of these proceedings, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties.  Were we to settle a proceeding for a material amount or were an unfavorable ruling to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  Legal fees are expensed as incurred.

ITEM 4.            REMOVED AND RESERVED

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR OUR COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “PDII.”  The price range per share of common stock presented below represents the high and low sales price for our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market for the last two years by quarter.

17

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

	2011				2010
	HIGH		LOW		HIGH		LOW
First quarter	$	11.35	$	7.63	$	7.69	$	4.52
Second quarter	$	9.56	$	5.92	$	9.50	$	6.56
Third quarter	$	8.34	$	6.10	$	9.05	$	7.01
Fourth quarter	$	7.74	$	5.27	$	11.78	$	8.40

Holders

We had 626 stockholders of record as of March 1, 2012.  Not reflected in the number of record holders are persons who beneficially own shares of common stock held in nominee or street name.

Dividends

We have not declared any cash dividends and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  Future earnings, if any, will be used to finance the future operation and growth of our business.

Securities Authorized For Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

We have a number of stock-based incentive and benefit programs designed to attract and retain qualified directors, executives and management personnel.  All equity compensation plans have been approved by security holders.  The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2011:

Equity Compensation Plan Information
Year Ended December 31, 2011
Plan Category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (a)	Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (b)	Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (2004 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, 2000 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, and 1998 Stock Option Plan)	102,545	$17.66	1,659,367
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (1)	—	—	—
Total	102,545	$17.66	1,659,367

 (1)  Excludes restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock-settled stock appreciation rights.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

From time-to-time, we repurchase our common stock on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions or both.  On November 7, 2006, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to one million shares of our common stock, none of which has been repurchased.  We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock on the open market during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.  Any future repurchases of shares will be made from available cash.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

PDI is a smaller reporting company as defined by the disclosure requirements in Regulation S-K of the SEC and therefore not required to provide this information.

18

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

OVERVIEW

We are a leading provider of outsourced commercial services to established and emerging pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare companies in the United States.  We are a leading provider of outsourced sales teams that target healthcare providers, offering a range of complementary sales support services designed to achieve our customers’ strategic and financial product objectives.  In addition to outsourced sales teams in the United States, we also provide other promotional services including clinical educator services, digital communications and teledetailing.  Combined, our services offer customers a range of both personal and non-personal promotional options for the commercialization of their products throughout their lifecycles, from development through maturity.  We provide innovative and flexible service offerings designed to drive our customers’ businesses forward and successfully respond to a continually changing market.  Our services provide a vital link between our customers and the medical community through the communication of product information to physicians and other healthcare professionals for use in the care of their patients. We provide these services through three reporting segments: Sales Services; Marketing Services; and PC Services. These segments are described in detail under the caption Description of Reporting Segments below.

Our business depends in large part on demand from the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries for outsourced promotional services.  In recent years, this demand has been impacted by certain industry-wide factors affecting pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare companies, including, among other things, pressures on pricing and access, successful challenges to intellectual property rights (including the introduction of competitive generic products), a strict regulatory environment, decreased pipeline productivity and a slow-down in the rate of approval of new products by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA).  Additionally, a number of pharmaceutical companies have made changes to their commercial models by reducing the internal number of sales representatives.  A significant portion of our revenue is derived from our sales force arrangements with large pharmaceutical companies, and we have therefore benefited from cost control measures implemented by these companies and their resultant increased reliance on outsourced promotional services. However, during 2011, certain of our Marketing Services customers delayed the implementation or reduced the scope of a number of marketing initiatives.  In addition to fluctuations in customer demand, we continue to experience a high degree of customer concentration and this trend may continue as a result of recent and continuing consolidation within the pharmaceutical industry.

On November 3, 2010, we acquired 100% of the membership interest in Group DCA, a privately held interactive digital communications company serving the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries. Based in Parsippany, New Jersey, Group DCA leverages the strength of the Internet, multimedia, tablet PCs, dimensional direct mail and its proprietary software, DIAGRAM^™, to deliver non-personal selling solutions via interactive communications exchanges that accommodate the schedules of healthcare providers. Group DCA’s proprietary software also yields meaningful response data that allows customers the opportunity to better understand the needs and opinions of their audiences and, in turn, the opportunity to market to their audiences more effectively. With the combination of PDI’s traditional outsourced promotional services and Group DCA’s e-detailing, patient education communications and other digital communications, we expect to be even better positioned to offer customers increased insight and greater engagement, resulting in integrated information and more impactful messages being delivered to healthcare providers across multiple communication channels.

We paid cash (net) of approximately $23.9 million for Group DCA, of which $1.3 million was placed in escrow. As of December 31, 2011, $1.3 million is still held in escrow and will be paid out 18 months from the date of acquisition. The purchase agreement also provided for the former members of Group DCA to earn up to an additional $30.0 million from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2012.  These payouts were to be based on Group DCA’s achievement of revenue and gross profit metrics and ranged up to: $5.0 million in the period ended December 31, 2010; and $12.5 million in each of the years ending December 31, 2011 and 2012.  The metrics for payments related to the periods ended December 31, 2010 were not achieved. In November 2011, we announced the retirement of the Group DCA co-CEOs as of December 31, 2011 and announced that we amended the Group DCA purchase agreement to negotiate a buyout of the contingent earn-out fee. Under the amendment, we will pay $3.4 million to buyout the contingent earn-out fee under the purchase agreement in 2012. Pursuant to their respective retirement agreements, we will pay $0.3 million to each of the co-CEOs in 2013.

On December 29, 2011, we entered into an agreement to sell certain assets of our Pharmakon business unit to Informed in exchange for potential future royalty payments with a fair value of $0.4 million and a 1% ownership interest in Informed valued at $0.1 million. Net of the aforementioned consideration, we recorded a charge of approximately $7.5 million. See Note 18,

19

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

Discontinued Operations, to the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional details.

On August 1, 2011, we announced the formation of our new business unit, Interpace BioPharma. Interpace BioPharma provides pharmaceutical, biotechnology, medical device and diagnostics clients with full-service product commercialization solutions. These services include full supply chain management, operations, sales, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management. This unit currently has one contract, the revenue and expenses of which is included in the Product Commercialization Services segment.

On March 3, 2011, we announced the launch of a new business unit within our Sales Services segment, EngageCE. EngageCE provides clinical educator services to our customers. The goal of clinical educators is to work with healthcare providers in the management of chronic diseases in order to optimize patient care and outcomes. We have seen a growing demand for these types of services within our customers and we believe that the clinical educator services provided via EngageCE will complement traditional sales force efforts and enhance our offerings.

In July 2010, we announced our intent to exit the marketing research business conducted by our TVG business unit.  Changes in the healthcare industry, including various mergers and acquisitions as well as healthcare reform, have resulted in a significant decrease in demand for the market research services our TVG business unit provided.  We completed our exit from the TVG business by September 30, 2010.  See Note 18, Discontinued Operations, to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional details.

While we recognize that there is currently significant volatility in the markets in which we provide services, we believe there are opportunities for growth in our Sales Services, Marketing Services and PC Services businesses. These businesses provide our customers with the flexibility to successfully respond to a constantly changing market and a means of controlling costs through promotional outsourcing partnerships.  In particular, we believe that the significant reduction in the number of pharmaceutical sales representatives within the industry during the past few years is placing increasing demands on our customers’ product portfolios and therefore we expect the market share penetration of outsourced sales organizations to increase in order to address these needs.  We have recently intensified our focus on strengthening all aspects of the core outsourced pharmaceutical sales teams business that we believe will most favorably position PDI as the leading outsourced promotional services organization in the United States. We believe our focus has led to the significant level of new business we experienced in 2011. In addition, we continue to diligently evaluate the risks and rewards of opportunities within our PC Services segment as they arise, while enhancing future value-added service offerings, as well as continue to evaluate acquisitions that will enhance our current service offerings and provide new business opportunities.

DESCRIPTION OF REPORTING SEGMENTS

For the year ended December 31, 2011, our three reporting segments were as follows:

▪Sales Services, which is comprised of the following business units:

• Dedicated Sales Teams;

• Shared Sales Teams; and

• EngageCE.

▪Marketing Services, which is comprised of the following business units:

• Group DCA; and

• Voice.

▪Product Commercialization Services (PC Services) which is comprised of the following business unit:

• Interpace BioPharma.

Select financial information for each of these segments is contained in Note 17, Segment Information, to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in the discussion under “Consolidated Results of Operations.”

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).  The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with GAAP requires management to make judgments,

20

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

estimates and assumptions at a specific point in time that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and disclosed in the accompanying notes.  These assumptions and estimates are inherently uncertain.  Outlined below are accounting policies, which are important to our financial position and results of operations, and require our management to make significant judgments in their application.  Some of those judgments can be subjective and complex.  Management’s estimates are based on historical experience, information from third-party professionals, facts and circumstances available at the time and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Additionally, changes in estimates could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations in any one period.  For a summary of all of our significant accounting policies, including the accounting policies discussed below, see Note 1, Nature of Business and Significant Account Policies, to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Revenue and Cost of Services

We recognize revenue from services rendered when the following four revenue recognition criteria are met:  persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; services have been rendered; the selling price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.

Sales Services

Revenue under pharmaceutical detailing contracts is generally based on the number of physician details made or the number of sales representatives utilized.  Revenue is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period or as the physician details are performed. A portion of revenues earned under certain contracts may be risk-based. The risk-based metrics are based on contractually defined percentages of prescriptions written.  Revenue from risk-based metrics is recognized in the period which the metrics have been attained and when we are reasonably assured that payment will be made.

Many of our product detailing contracts also allow for additional periodic incentive fees to be earned if certain activity based performance benchmarks have been attained. Revenue from incentive fees is recognized in the period earned if the performance benchmarks have been attained and when we are reasonably assured that payment will be made.   Many contracts also stipulate penalties if agreed upon performance benchmarks have not been met.  Revenue is recognized net of any potential penalties until the performance criteria relating to the penalties have been achieved.  Commission based revenue is recognized when performance is completed. 

Our product detailing contracts are generally for terms of one to two years and may be renewed or extended.  The majority of these contracts, however, are terminable by the customer for any reason upon 30 to 180 days’ notice.  Certain contracts provide for termination payments if the customer terminates the agreement without cause.  Typically, however, these penalties do not offset the revenue we could have earned under the contract or the costs we may incur as a result of its termination.

We maintain continuing relationships with our Sales Services customers which may lead to multiple ongoing contracts between us and one customer. In situations where we enter into multiple contracts with one customer at or near the same time, we evaluate the various factors involved in negotiating the arrangements in order to determine if the contracts were negotiated as a package and should be accounted for as a single agreement.

The loss or termination of a large pharmaceutical detailing contract or the loss of multiple contracts could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.  Historically, we have derived a significant portion of service revenue from a limited number of customers.  Concentration of business in the pharmaceutical industry is common and the industry continues to consolidate.  As a result, we are likely to continue to experience significant customer concentration in future periods.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, our three largest customers, who each individually represented 10% or more of our service revenue, collectively accounted for approximately 72.4% of our service revenue.  For the year ended December 31, 2010, our three largest customers, who each individually represented 10% or more of our service revenue, collectively accounted for approximately 82.6% of our service revenue.  See Note 13, Significant Customers, to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Cost of services consists primarily of the costs associated with executing product detailing programs, performance based contracts or other sales services identified in the contracts and includes personnel costs and other direct costs, as well as the initial direct costs associated with staffing a product detailing program. Personnel costs, which constitute the largest portion of cost of services, include all labor related costs, such as salaries, bonuses, fringe benefits and payroll taxes for the sales representatives, sales managers and professional staff that are directly responsible for executing a particular program. Initial direct program costs are those costs associated with initiating a product detailing program, such as recruiting, hiring, and training the sales representatives who staff a particular program. Other direct costs include, but are not limited to, facility rental fees, travel expenses, sample expenses and other promotional expenses. All personnel costs, initial direct program costs and other direct costs are expensed as

21

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

incurred. 

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses include those relating to travel and other similar costs, for which we are reimbursed at cost by our customers.  Reimbursements received for out-of-pocket expenses incurred are characterized as revenue and an identical amount is included as cost of services in the consolidated statements of operations.  For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses were $24.8 million and $21.3 million, respectively.

Training costs include the costs of training the sales representatives and managers on a particular product detailing program so that they are qualified to properly perform the services specified in the related contract.  For the majority of our contracts, training costs are reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses.

Marketing Services

Revenue under marketing service contracts are primarily based on a series of deliverable services associated with the design and execution of interactive digital promotional programs.  The contracts are generally terminable by the customer for any reason.  Upon termination, the customer is generally responsible for payment for all work completed to date, plus the cost of any nonrefundable commitments we have made on behalf of the customer. 

Revenue from certain promotional contracts that include more than one service offering is accounted for as multiple-element arrangements.  For these contracts, the deliverable elements are divided into separate units of accounting provided the following criteria are met: the price is fixed and determinable; the delivered elements have stand-alone value to the customer; and there is no right of return or refund.  The contract revenue is then allocated to the separate units of accounting.  Revenue and cost of services are recognized for each unit of accounting separately as the related services are rendered and costs are incurred, respectively.

A majority of our multiple-element arrangements generally contain two phases for each wave of promotional content that is developed under the program: the development phase and the delivery phase. The development phase represents the creation of the promotional assets to be used in the program while the delivery phase represents the delivery of those assets to the customer's target audience and any communications received from the targets in response to the materials. We have determined that these two phases represent the units of accounting of a majority of our multiple-element arrangements.

We uses our best estimate of selling price to determine the value of all deliverables within the development unit of accounting and a majority of the deliverables within the delivery unit of accounting. The best estimate of selling price of standard deliverables is derived primarily from our standard rate card, which covers a majority of the deliverables included within our customer contracts and is reviewed and updated on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances warrant, and management's margin objectives. Prices on the standard rate card are derived primarily from our standard hourly project budgets and standard hourly billing rate, however, these prices are then evaluated against recent market conditions and sales trends and may be adjusted by management in order to remain competitive in the current environment.

The best estimate of selling price of non-standard deliverables included within its customer contracts, which generally represent custom projects, is derived from the deliverable's hourly project budget and our standard hourly billing rate. For a select few types of deliverables provided within its customer contracts, we use third party evidence to determine the value of the deliverables. This applies primarily to the physical production of program recruitment tactics such as webkeys and direct mail, as well as other vendor services that we utilize from time to time such as email broadcasting fees.

Revenue related to the development unit of accounting is recognized as the services are delivered. Revenue related to the delivery unit of accounting is recognized on a straight-line basis over the delivery phase of the project, as defined in the contract, and generally ranges between six and twelve months. 

We maintain continuing relationships with our Marketing Services customers which may lead to multiple ongoing contracts between the two parties. In situations where we enters into multiple contracts with one customer at or near the same time, we evaluate the various factors involved in negotiating the arrangements in order to determine if the contracts were negotiated together and should be accounted for as a single agreement.

Cost of services consists primarily of the costs associated with executing interactive digital promotional programs or other sales and marketing services identified in the contract and include personnel costs and other direct costs. Personnel costs, which constitute the largest portion of cost of services, include all labor related costs, such as salaries, bonuses, fringe benefits and payroll taxes for the professional staff that are directly responsible for executing a particular program. Other direct costs include, but are not limited to, freelance costs; email broadcasting fees; list rental fees; cue card, webkey and direct mail production fees; and other promotional expenses.  All personnel costs and direct program costs are expensed as incurred.

22

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

PC Services

Revenue under product commercialization contracts is based on the number of sales representatives utilized and the commercial operations services we provide. We have determined that there are two units of accounting in our PC Services arrangement: the Dedicated Sales Team providing product detailing services; and the commercial operations providing full supply chain management, operations, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management services. Due to the significant level of customization, selling prices are determined for the Dedicated Sales Team through internal development of a program budget consistent with the manner of deriving selling prices that we employ in our Sales Services segment. Selling prices for commercial operations are determined by estimating the expenditures required to perform the services, plus the addition of a profit margin consistent with the expected profit margin to be generated by the Dedicated Sales Team. Revenue is recognized for the Dedicated Sales Team on a straight-line basis over the product detailing service period which begins upon deployment of the sales force. Revenue is recognized for commercial operations services as services are provided over the term of the contract.

Cost of services consists primarily of the costs associated with executing product detailing programs and includes personnel costs and other direct costs, as well as the initial direct costs associated with staffing a product detailing program. Cost of services may also include costs such as distribution, marketing and promotion, public relations, patient reimbursement programs, managed care support, and market research. Personnel costs, which constitute the largest portion of cost of services, include all labor related costs, such as salaries, bonuses, fringe benefits and payroll taxes for the sales representatives, sales managers and professional staff that are directly responsible for executing the program. Initial direct program costs are those costs associated with initiating a product detailing program, such as recruiting, hiring, and training the sales representatives who staff a particular program. Other direct costs include, but are not limited to, facility rental fees, travel expenses, sample expenses and other promotional expenses. All personnel costs, initial direct program costs and other direct costs are expensed as incurred. 

Contract Loss Provisions

Provisions for losses to be incurred on contracts are recognized in full in the period in which it is determined that a loss will result from performance of the contractual arrangement.

Goodwill, Intangibles and Other Long-Lived Assets

We allocate the cost of acquired companies to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities acquired, with the remaining amount being classified as goodwill.  Since the entities we have acquired do not have significant tangible assets, a significant portion of the purchase price has been allocated to intangible assets and goodwill.  The identification and valuation of these intangible assets and the determination of the estimated useful lives at the time of acquisition, as well as the completion of annual impairment tests require significant management judgments and estimates.  These estimates are made based on, among other factors, consultations with an accredited independent valuation consultant, reviews of projected future operating results and business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and the cost of capital.  The use of alternative estimates and assumptions could increase or decrease the estimated fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets, and potentially result in a different impact to our results of operations.  Further, changes in business strategy and/or market conditions may significantly impact these judgments thereby impacting the fair value of these assets, which could result in an impairment of the goodwill and acquired intangible assets.

We test goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles for impairment at least annually (as of December 31) and whenever events or circumstances change that indicate impairment may have occurred.  These events or circumstances could include a significant long-term adverse change in the business climate, indicators of poor operating performance or a sale or disposition of a significant portion of a business unit.  We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is one level below our operating segments.  Goodwill has been assigned to the reporting unit to which the value of the goodwill relates.  We currently have five reporting units; with only one reporting unit, Group DCA, having goodwill.  We tested goodwill by estimating the fair value of the business unit using a discounted cash flow (DCF) model. The key assumptions used in the DCF model to determine the highest and best use of estimated future cash flows include revenue growth rates and profit margins based on internal forecasts, terminal value and a market participant’s weighted-average cost of capital used to discount future cash flows to their present value. Our annual impairment testing as of December 31, 2011 did not result in an impairment. As of December 31, 2011, Group DCA’s fair value exceeded its carrying value by approximately $13 million or 47%. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of Group DCA’s indefinite lived intangible asset, corporate tradename, exceeded its carrying value. If, in future periods, the Group DCA reporting unit’s key assumptions: the projected long-term sales growth rate or terminal rate change adversely; or the assumed discount rate is considerably higher; future testing may result in an impairment of the Group DCA goodwill or corporate tradename.

We review the recoverability of long-lived assets and finite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances

23

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable.  If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized by reducing the recorded value of the asset to its fair value measured by future discounted cash flows.  This analysis requires estimates of the amount and timing of projected cash flows and, where applicable, judgments associated with, among other factors, the appropriate discount rate.  Such estimates are critical in determining whether any impairment charge should be recorded and the amount of such charge if an impairment loss is deemed to be necessary.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, no impairment of finite-lived intangible assets was deemed necessary.

While we use available information to prepare our estimates and to perform impairment evaluations, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates or related projections, resulting in additional impairment and losses related to recorded goodwill, intangibles or long-lived asset balances. In addition, future events impacting cash flows for existing assets could make necessary a write-down or write-off that was not previously required.

Acquisition Accounting

We account for business combinations by applying the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the fair values at the date of exchange of the assets transferred, liabilities incurred, equity instruments issued, and costs directly attributable to the acquisition. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed are measured separately at their fair value as of the acquisition date. The excess of the cost of the acquisition over our interest in the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

The determination and allocation of fair values to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed is based on various assumptions and valuation methodologies requiring considerable management judgment. The most significant variables in these valuations are discount rates, terminal values, the number of years on which to base the cash flow projections, as well as the assumptions and estimates used to determine the cash inflows and outflows. Management determines discount rates to be used based on the risk inherent in the related activity’s current business model and industry comparisons. Terminal values are based on the expected life of products and forecasted life cycle and cash flows over that period. Although we believe that the assumptions applied in the determination are reasonable based on information available at the date of acquisition, actual results may differ from the forecasted amounts and the difference could be material.

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, we are subject to various contingencies.  Loss contingencies are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when it is probable that a liability will be incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.  We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, we have accrued our estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims.  These estimates are developed in consultation with outside counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies.  Predicting the outcome of claims and litigation is an inherently subjective and complex process and estimating related costs and exposures involves substantial uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from our estimates.

In connection with the acquisition of Group DCA, we recorded the fair value of a contingent earn-out fee of approximately $1.6 million within long-term liabilities. The Group DCA purchase agreement provided for the former members of Group DCA to earn the contingent earn-out fee of up to an additional $30 million from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2012.  These earn-out fees were based on Group DCA’s achievement of revenue and gross profit metrics and ranged up to: $5.0 million in the period ended December 31, 2010; and $12.5 million in each of the years ending December 31, 2011 and 2012.  The metrics for payments related to the periods ended December 31, 2010 were not achieved. In November 2011, we announced the retirement of the Group DCA co-CEOs as of December 31, 2011, and announced that we amended the Group DCA purchase agreement to negotiate a buyout of the contingent earn-out fee. Under the amendment, we will pay $3.4 million, in 2012, to buyout the contingent earn-out fee under the purchase agreement. Pursuant to their respective retirement agreements, we will pay $0.3 million to each of the co-CEOs in 2013.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method.  This method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between tax bases and financial reporting bases of our assets and liabilities based on enacted tax laws and rates.  A valuation allowance is established, when necessary, to reduce the deferred income tax assets when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

24

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

We operate in multiple tax jurisdictions and provide taxes in each jurisdiction where we conduct business and are subject to taxation.  The breadth of our operations and the complexity of the various tax laws require assessments of uncertainties and judgments in estimating the ultimate taxes we will pay.  The final taxes paid are dependent upon many factors, including negotiations with taxing authorities in various jurisdictions, outcomes of tax litigation and resolution of proposed assessments arising from federal and state audits.  We have established estimated liabilities for uncertain federal and state income tax positions.These accruals represent accounting estimates that are subject to inherent uncertainties associated with the tax audit process.  We adjust these accruals as facts and circumstances change, such as the progress of a tax audit. We believe that any potential audit adjustments will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or liquidity. However, any adjustments made may be material to our consolidated results of operations within an individual reporting period.

Significant judgment is also required in evaluating the need for and magnitude of appropriate valuation allowances against deferred tax assets.  We currently have significant deferred tax assets resulting from net operating loss carryforwards and deductible temporary differences.  The realization of these assets is dependent on generating future taxable income.  We perform an analysis quarterly to determine whether the expected future income will more likely than not be sufficient to realize the deferred tax assets.  Our recent operating results and projections of future income weighed heavily in our overall assessment.  The existing and forecasted levels of pretax earnings for financial reporting purposes are not sufficient to generate future taxable income and realize our deferred tax assets and, as a result, we established a full federal and state valuation allowance for the net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010, as we determined that it was more likely than not that these assets would not be realized.

Stock Compensation Costs

The compensation cost associated with the granting of stock-based awards is based on the grant date fair value of the stock award. We recognize the compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, over the shorter of the vesting period or the period from the grant date to the date when retirement eligibility is achieved.  Forfeitures are initially estimated based on historical information and subsequently updated over the life of the awards to ultimately reflect actual forfeitures.  As a result, changes in forfeiture activity can influence the amount of stock compensation cost recognized from period-to-period.

We primarily use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and stock-based stock appreciation rights (SARs). The determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards is made on the date of grant and is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions made regarding a number of complex and subjective variables.  These assumptions include: our expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards; actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors; the risk-free interest rate; and expected dividend yield.  Our assumptions are more fully described in Note 12, Stock-Based Compensation, to our consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in the valuation assumptions could result in a significant change to the cost of an individual award.  However, the total cost of an award is also a function of the number of awards granted, and as result, we have the ability to manage the cost and value of our equity awards by adjusting the number of awards granted.

Restructuring, Facilities Realignment and Related Costs

From time-to-time, in order to consolidate operations, downsize and improve operating efficiencies, we recognize restructuring or facilities realignment charges.  The recognition of these charges requires estimates and judgments regarding employee termination benefits, lease termination costs and other exit costs to be incurred when these actions take place.  We reassess the cost to complete the restructurings and facility realignment and related charges on a quarterly basis.  These estimates may vary significantly from actual costs depending, in part, upon factors that may be beyond our control, resulting in changes to these estimates in current operations.

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated below selected statement of operations data as a percentage of revenue.  The trends illustrated in this table may not be indicative of future operating results.

25

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010
Revenue, net	100.0	%	100.0	%
Cost of services	79.4	%	80.3	%
Gross profit	20.6	%	19.7	%
Compensation expense	12.5	%	12.1	%
Other selling, general and administrative expenses	9.3	%	11.3	%
DCA contingent consideration buyout and related charges	1.8	%	—	%
Facilities realignment	—	%	1.5	%
Total operating expenses	23.6	%	24.9	%
Operating loss	(3.0	)%	(5.1	)%
Other income, net	—	%	0.1	%
Loss from continuing operations
before income tax	(3.0	)%	(5.0	)%
(Benefit) provision for income tax	(0.6	)%	0.3	%
Loss from continuing operations	(2.4	)%	(5.3	)%
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax	(5.2	)%	0.3	%
Net loss	(7.6	)%	(5.1	)%

Results of Continuing Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2010

(in thousands)	Sales			Marketing			PC
	Services			Services			Services			Consolidated
Year ended December 31, 2011:
Revenue, net	$	135,970		$	12,195		$	9,126		$	157,291
Cost of Services	$	108,770		$	9,144		$	6,906		$	124,820
Gross Profit	$	27,200		$	3,051		$	2,220		$	32,471
Gross Profit %	20.0		%	25.0		%	24.3		%	20.6		%
Year ended December 31, 2010:
Revenue, net	$	133,307		$	1,282		$	—		$	134,589
Cost of Services	$	105,184		$	2,853		$	—		$	108,037
Gross Profit	$	28,123		$	(1,571	)	$	—		$	26,552
Gross Profit %	21.1		%	(122.5		)%	N/A			19.7		%

Operations Overview

We operate in three business segments: Sales Services; Marketing Services; and PC Services. In 2011, our results from continuing operations improved significantly relative to 2010. In fact, revenue, gross profit and operating loss all improved significantly and we were able to achieve positive cash flow from operations for the full year. These overall positive results were driven by our PC Services segment. Specifically, these improvements were the result of the formation of our Interpace BioPharma business unit and the agreement signed in the second quarter of 2011.

As we have previously stated, although we anticipate a continued downsizing of sales forces by the pharmaceutical industry, we expect that this downsizing will create an increase in the level of outsourcing of sales and marketing services as the pharmaceutical industry drives to create a new selling model. We believe that long term trends in the pharmaceutical industry will result in a higher level of outsourcing of the types of services we provide.

We believe the overall value of our offerings is improved by our ability to integrate our core and expanded offerings.

26

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

Group DCA Accounting Impacts

On the date of the Group DCA acquisition, we outlined certain acquisition accounting related items that would impact the Group DCA operating results in the future. The following is an updated summary of how accounting related to the Group DCA acquisition is impacting our reported results:

• As of the purchase date, Group DCA had deferred revenue on its historical closing balance sheet. Had Group DCA not been purchased, that amount would have been recorded as revenue by Group DCA as projects were completed through 2011. However, as required by the rules of acquisition accounting, a large part of the deferred revenue balance at the date of the acquisition did not carry over to PDI after the acquisition, the majority of which impacted 2011, making reported revenue for 2011 lower than we believe it will be going forward on an annualized basis.

• Acquisition accounting requires ongoing amortization of finite lived intangibles acquired and valued for accounting purposes as of the date of the acquisition. These include the acquired proprietary technology and the extensive health care provider database. Amortization of these intangibles will result in annual charges of approximately $0.9 million.

• The accounting for potential earn-out payments is influenced by acquisition accounting. Up to $5.0 million of the potential $30.0 million of earn-out payments would have been charged against earnings if they were earned in 2011 and 2012. However, in determining the amount that was recorded in the initial purchase price, acquisition accounting required the Company to estimate the fair value for the remainder of the $25.0 million of potential earn-out payments which we determined by estimating the present value of earn-out payments we thought were probable on a weighted risk-adjusted basis. As of the acquisition date we recorded $1.6 million as the fair value of these estimated earn-out payments, which is part of the initial purchase price for accounting purposes. In November 2011, we announced that we amended the Group DCA purchase agreement to negotiate a buyout of the potential earn-out fee. Under the amendment, we will pay $3.4 million to buyout the potential earn-out fee. In connection with the potential earn-out fee, we recorded a charge of $3.4 million for the negotiated buyout of that earn-out fee which was partially offset by the write-off of the previously accrued $1.6 million estimated earn-out payments during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Revenue, net

Consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $22.7 million, or 16.9%, to $157.3 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily attributable to a full year of Group DCA revenue and the revenue associated with our new fee for service contract in our new Interpace Biopharma business unit in 2011.

Revenue in our Sales Servicessegment for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $2.7 million, or 2.0%, to $136.0 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

Revenue in our Marketing Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $10.9 million, to $12.2 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.  This increase was primarily attributable to a full year of Group DCA revenue in 2011.

Revenue in our PC Servicessegment for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $9.1 million is related to our new fee for service arrangement within our Interpace BioPharma business unit. There was no revenue in our PC Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2010, as there were no ongoing product commercialization activities in 2010. 

Cost of services

Consolidated cost of services for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $16.8 million, or 15.5%, to $124.8 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to costs associated with the contract win in our new Interpace Biopharma business unit and a full year of costs of Group DCA in 2011.

Cost of services in our Sales Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased to $108.8 million, or 3.4%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 in support of the higher revenues discussed above.

Cost of services in our Marketing Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $6.3 million to $9.1 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to a full year of costs of Group DCA in 2011.

Cost of services in our PC Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased to $6.9 million. These costs

27

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

are related to our new fee for service arrangement within our Interpace BioPharma business unit. There was no cost of services in our PC Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2010, as there were no ongoing product commercialization activities in 2010.

Gross profit

Consolidated gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $5.9 million, or 22.3%, to $32.5 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The consolidated gross profit percentage increased 2.3%, to 20.6% for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

The gross profit percentage in our Sales Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased by 1.1%, to 20.0%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This decrease was primarily due to fixed management costs in our Shared Sales Team over a lower revenue base in 2011.

The gross profit percentage in our Marketing Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased to 25.0%, from (122.5)% in the year ended December 31, 2010. During the year ending December 31, 2011, we saw a significant increase in gross profit as the acquisition accounting impact on Group DCA's deferred revenue had a smaller effect on revenue, and therefore gross profit, as we progressed through the year. Moving forward into 2012, we anticipate a further improvement in gross profit as the impacts of acquisition accounting on deferred revenue will not have a recurring impact.

The gross profit percentage in our PC Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 24.3%. This was due to our new contract in our Interpace BioPharma business unit. There was no gross profit in our PC Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2010, as there were no ongoing product commercialization activities in 2010.

Note: Compensation expense and Other selling, general and administrative (other SG&A) expense amounts for each segment include allocated corporate overhead.

Compensation expense (in thousands)
Year Ended	Sales			% of		Marketing		% of		PC		% of				% of
December 31,	Services			sales		Services		sales		Services		sales		Total		sales
2011	$	14,209		10.5	%	$	5,129	42.1	%	$	356	3.9	%	$	19,694	12.5	%
2010	15,008			11.3	%	1,259		98.2	%	—		N/A		16,267		12.1	%
Change	$	(799	)			$	3,870			$	356			$	3,427

Consolidated compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $3.4 million, or 21.1%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.  This increase was primarily attributable to a full year of Group DCA in 2011.  

Compensation expense in our Sales Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased by $0.8 million, or 5.3%, to $14.2 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.  As a percentage of segment revenue, compensation expense decreased 0.8%, to 10.5% for the year ended December 31, 2011, from 11.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decline in segment compensation expense as a percent of segment revenue was primarily driven by a reduction in allocated short term incentive compensation.

Compensation expense in our Marketing Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $3.9 million, to $5.1 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 due to a full year of DCA costs in 2011.  As a percentage of segment revenue, segment compensation expense decreased 56.1%, to 42.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011, from 98.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in segment compensation expense as a percent of segment revenue was due to the increase in segment revenue, more than offsetting the increase in compensation expense.

Compensation expense associated with or allocated to our PC Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $0.4 million. This is related to our new fee for service arrangement within our Interpace BioPharma business unit. There was no compensation expense in or allocated to our PC Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2010, as there were no ongoing product commercialization activities in 2010.

28

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

Other selling, general and administrative expenses (in thousands)
Year Ended	Sales			% of		Marketing		% of		PC		% of					% of
December 31,	Services			sales		Services		sales		Services		sales		Total			sales
2011	$	9,719		7.1	%	$	4,526	37.1	%	$	345	3.8	%	$	14,590		9.3	%
2010	12,773			9.6	%	2,416		188.5	%	—		N/A		15,189			11.3	%
Change	$	(3,054	)			$	2,110			$	345			$	(599	)

 Consolidated other selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased by $0.6 million, or 3.9%, to $14.6 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.  As a percentage of consolidated revenue, consolidated other selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 2.0%, to 9.3% for the year ended December 31, 2011, from 11.3% for the year ended December 31, 2010 due to lowerallocated corporate costs and an increase in consolidated revenue.

The lower allocated corporate costs includes lower consulting expenses and professional fees and the fact that there were no acquisition related costs in the year ended December 31, 2011.

Other selling, general and administrative expenses in our Sales Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased by $3.1 million, to $9.7 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. As a percentage of segment revenue, other selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 2.5%, to 7.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011, from 9.6% for the year ended December 31, 2010.  This decrease was primarily attributable to a reduction in the allocated corporate costs discussed above.

Other selling, general and administrative expenses in our Marketing Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $2.1 million, or 87.3%, to $4.5 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. This was primarily due to the inclusion of a full year of Group DCA selling, general and administrative expenses. As a percentage of segment revenue, other selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to 37.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011, from 188.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010. This decrease was primarily attributable to the increase in Group DCA revenue in the period ended December 31, 2011 as described above and the absence of Group DCA acquisition costs in 2011.

Other selling, general and administrative expensesassociated with our PC Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $0.3 million. These expenses are primarily related to the allocation of general back office costs to our new fee for service arrangement within our Interpace BioPharma business unit. There was no other selling, general and administrative expenses in our PC Services segment for the year ended December 31, 2010, as there were no ongoing product commercialization activities in 2010.

DCA contingent consideration buyout and related charges

In November 2011, we announced the retirement of the Group DCA co-CEOs as of December 31, 2011 and announced that we amended the Group DCA purchase agreement to negotiate a buyout of the contingent earn-out fee. Under the amendment, we will pay $3.4 million, in 2012, to buyout the contingent earn-out fee under the purchase agreement. Pursuant to their respective retirement agreements, we will pay $0.3 million to each of the co-CEOs in 2013. Partially offsetting these charges was the write-off of the $1.6 million contingent earnout fee we had accrued for in purchase accounting as of the acquisition date.

Facilities realignment

For the year ended December 31, 2010, Sales Services incurred charges of approximately $2.0 million related to office space in Saddle River, New Jersey.  

Operating loss from continuing operations

There were operating losses from continuing operations of $4.7 million and $6.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  The decrease in operating loss from continuing operations in 2011 was primarily attributable to the addition of our contract win in our Interpace BioPharma business unit as well as a decrease in corporate expenses, partially offset by the Group DCA contingent consideration buyout and related charges.  The operating loss from continuing operations in 2010 was primarily attributable to the acquisition costs of Group DCA, the losses Group DCA incurred and the facilities realignment charges of $2.0 million discussed above.  

Provision for income taxes

29

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

We had an income tax benefit of approximately $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to income tax expense of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to the release of reserves related to uncertain tax positions that were reversed in connection with the closing of the Company's IRS examination for the 2003, 2004 and 2008 tax years. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily due to state and local taxes as we and our subsidiaries file separate income tax returns in numerous state and local jurisdictions.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of December 31, 2011, we had cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments of approximately $64.5 million and working capital of $34.3 million, compared to cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments of approximately $62.9 million and working capital of approximately $37.3 million at December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had no outstanding commercial debt.

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, net cash provided by operating activities was $2.0 million and $16.4 million, respectively.   The main components of cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was a decrease in assets of $3.0 million, which more than offset the net loss of $11.9 million after taking into effect non-cash items of $10.5 million. The main components of cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 were an increase in liabilities of $12.6 million, non-cash items of $4.1 million, a reduction in accounts receivable of $2.1 million, and the reduction in income tax receivable of $3.3 million.  This was partially offset by a net loss of $6.8 million. 

As of December 31, 2011, we had $2.6 million of unbilled costs and accrued profits on contracts in progress.  When services are performed in advance of billing, the value of such services is recorded as unbilled costs and accrued profits on contracts in progress.  Normally all unbilled costs and accrued profits on contracts in progress are earned and billed within a few months of the period they are originally recognized.  As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $15.9 million of unearned contract revenue.  Unearned contract revenue represents amounts billed to customers for services that have not been performed.  These amounts are recorded as revenue in the periods they are earned.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash used in investing activities was approximately $0.3 million as compared to net cash used in investing activities of $26.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2010.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, we had capital expenditures of $0.3 million. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we acquired Group DCA for $23.9 million and had capital expenditures, primarily for computer equipment and software, of $2.1 million.

For each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, net cash used in financing activities was approximately $0.1 million.  This represents shares that were delivered back to us and included in treasury stock for the payment of taxes resulting from the vesting of restricted stock.

We had standby letters of credit of approximately $3.1 million and $5.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as collateral for our existing insurance policies and our facility leases.  Our standby letters of credit automatically renew every year unless canceled in writing by us with consent of the beneficiary, generally not less than 60 days before the expiry date.

We recorded facility realignment charges totaling approximately $2.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 for costs related to excess leased office space at our Saddle River, New Jersey facility.  We have secured subleases through the remainder of the lease term for all the vacant square footage at our Saddle River location.  

In December 2011, we sold certain assets of our Pharmakon business unit, vacated the business units' Schaumburg, Illinois facility and recorded a facility realignment charge of $0.4 million in discontinued operations. We are currently seeking to sublease the 6,700 square feet of office space available at the Schaumburg facility. The lease runs through February 2015. Effective September 30, 2010, we closed our TVG business unit and exited all remaining utilized space in Dresher, Pennsylvania. As a result, we recorded charges of approximately $0.3 million for facility realignment and $0.6 million for non-cash asset impairment on furniture and leasehold improvements, which have been recorded in discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2010.   In the first quarter of 2011, we entered into two sublease agreements under which we sublet substantially all of the remaining space in Dresher.

A rollforward of the activity for the facility realignment accrual is as follows (in thousands):

30

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

Balance as of January 1, 2010	$	6,253
Accretion	147
Adjustments	2,311
Payments	(2,409		)
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	6,301
Accretion	159
Adjustments	206
Payments	(2,177		)
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	4,489

Charges for facility lease obligations relate to real estate lease contracts where we have exited certain space and are required to make payments over the remaining lease term (January 2016 for the Saddle River, New Jersey facility, November 2016 for the Dresher, Pennsylvania facility, and February 2015 for the Schaumburg, Illinois facility).  All lease termination amounts are shown net of projected sublease income.

We made payments, net of cash received, to purchase all issued and outstanding membership interests of Group DCA on November 3, 2010 of approximately $23.9 million, of which $1.3 million was held in escrow.  As of December 31, 2011, $1.3 million was placed in escrow, and will is scheduled to be paid out 18 months from the date of acquisition.  The former members of Group DCA had the ability to earn up to $30.0 million in specified contingent earn out payments from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2012.  These payouts were based on Group DCA’s achievement of revenue and gross profit metrics and ranged up to: $5.0 million in the period ended December 31, 2010; and $12.5 million in each of the years ending December 31, 2011 and 2012.  The metrics for payments relating to the period ended December 31, 2010 were not achieved. In November 2011, we announced the retirement of the Group DCA co-CEOs as of December 31, 2011 and announced that we amended the Group DCA purchase agreement to negotiate a buyout of the contingent earn-out fee. Under the amendment, we will pay $3.4 million to buyout the contingent earn-out fee under the purchase agreement in 2012. Pursuant to their respective retirement agreements, we will pay $0.3 million to each of the co-CEOs in 2013.

Our revenue and profitability depend to a great extent on our relationships with a limited number of large pharmaceutical companies.  Our three largest customers in 2011 accounted for approximately 42.7%, 17.8% and 13.8%, respectively, of our revenue.  We believe that we will continue to experience a high degree of customer concentration and that the loss or a significant reduction of business from any of our major customers, or a decrease in demand for our services, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  One of our Shared Sales Teams’ services to a significant customer are seasonal in nature, occurring primarily in the winter season.

The majority of our operating expenses are personnel-related costs such as employee compensation and benefits as well as the cost of infrastructure to support our operations, including facility space and equipment.  If we are unable to achieve revenue growth in the future or fail to adjust our cost infrastructure to the appropriate level to support our revenues, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Going Forward

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated from our operations and available cash and cash equivalents.  These sources of liquidity are needed to fund our working capital requirements, contractual obligations and estimated capital expenditures of approximately $2.0 million in 2012.  We expect our working capital requirements to increase as a result of new customer contracts generally providing for longer than historical payment terms.

We continue to right-size our facilities and corporate structure on a go-forward basis.  We recorded facility realignment charges totaling approximately $2.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 for costs related to excess leased office space at our Saddle River, New Jersey facility.  During the third quarter of 2009, management committed to a cost savings initiative to exit our three-floor Saddle River, New Jersey facility and relocate our corporate headquarters to a smaller, strategically located office space in Parsippany, New Jersey.  In November 2009, we signed a seven and one-half year lease for approximately 23,000 square feet of office space in Parsippany, New Jersey commencing on or about January 1, 2010.  The minimum lease payments associated with this lease total $3.6 million.

We believe that our existing cash balances and expected cash flows generated from operations will be sufficient to meet our operating requirements beyond the next 12 months. However, we may require alternative forms of financing to achieve our longer-

31

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

term strategic plans.

Contractual Obligations

We have committed cash outflow related to operating lease agreements and other contractual obligations. We lease facilities, automobiles and certain equipment under agreements classified as operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2017.  Substantially all of the property leases provide for increases based upon use of utilities and landlord’s operating expenses as well as predefined rent escalations.  Total expense under these agreements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $3.8 million and $4.0 million, respectively, of which $3.3 million and $3.5 million, respectively, related to automobiles leased for use by employees for a maximum lease term of one year from the date of delivery with the option to renew.

EFFECT OF NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-13 (ASU 2009-13), “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements-a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force." ASU 2009-13 updates the existing multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements guidance included under Accounting Standards Codification 605-25. The revised guidance:

• eliminates the need for objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered element in order for a delivered item to be treated as a separate unit of accounting;

• eliminates the residual value method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method, which allocates any discount in the arrangement proportionally to each deliverable on the basis of each deliverable's selling price;

• establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on:

◦ vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) if available;

◦ third party evidence (TPE) if VSOE is not available; or

◦ an estimated selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available;

• requires that a vendor determine its best estimate of selling price in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a stand-alone basis; and

• expands the disclosure requirements for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements.

PDI frequently provides promotional services under multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements (Arrangements) through its Group DCA and Interpace BioPharma business units. The significant deliverables in these Arrangements generally include:

• for Group DCA:

◦ the content development phase (Development) of an interactive digital program; and

◦ the hosting period (Delivery) of an interactive digital program, which could include various services, but is primarily comprised of (1) the design and delivery of recruitment activities to generate participation in a program and (2) the online hosting, program management and progress reporting services; and

• for Interpace BioPharma:

◦ full supply chain management, operations, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management services; and

◦ a dedicated sales team providing product detailing services.

ASU 2009-13 became effective for, and was adopted by, PDI beginning January 1, 2011 on a prospective basis. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 as of January 1, 2011 impacted the revenue recognition policies of the Group DCA and Interpace BioPharma business units as follows:

Group DCA

Under the guidance in ASU 2009-13, Group DCA is now required to estimate the selling price of a deliverable if it has standalone value to the customer and both VSOE and TPE of the selling price are not available. As a result, the deliverables in Group DCA Arrangements have been determined to be separate units of accounting and consideration is allocated based on relative selling prices. Selling prices are estimated for most deliverables through an analysis of historical selling price as well as estimated internal labor hours and an average billing rate based on employee costs. Revenue is recognized for each unit of accounting

32

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

depending upon the characteristics of their underlying deliverables. For Development, revenue is recognized as the service is being provided to the customer. Revenue allocated to Delivery is recognized ratably over the hosting period. The adoption of the new guidance did not materially impact Group DCA revenue recognition during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Historically, Development and Delivery services provided by Group DCA did not qualify as separate units of accounting under the accounting guidance in effect at the time due to the lack of objective and reliable evidence, either from VSOE or TPE, of the fair value of the Delivery unit of accounting, which was the undelivered item in the Arrangements. As a result, we grouped the deliverables under these Arrangements into one unit of accounting and deferred all revenue related to the programs until it had achieved the recognition criteria applicable to the combined single unit of accounting. Generally, all revenue recognition criteria were met and revenue recognition commenced at the inception of a program's hosting period, and revenue was recognized ratably over the period.

Interpace BioPharma

Under the guidance in ASU 2009-13, we have determined that there are two units of accounting within our Interpace BioPharma Arrangements: the Dedicated Sales Team providing product detailing services; and the Commercial Operations providing full supply chain management, operations, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management services. Due to the significant level of customization, selling prices are determined for the Dedicated Sales Team through internal development of a program budget consistent with the manner of deriving selling prices that we employ in our Sales Services segment. Selling prices for Commercial Operations are determined by estimating the expenditures required to perform the services, plus the addition of a reasonable profit margin consistent with the expected profit margin to be generated by the Dedicated Sales Team. Revenue is recognized for Dedicated Sales Team on a straight-line basis over the product detailing service period which begins upon deployment of the sales force. Revenue is recognized for Commercial Operations as services are provided over the term of the service period. As the formation of Interpace BioPharma occurred during the year ended December 31, 2011, the new guidance did not have a comparative impact.

Accounting Standard Updates Not Yet Effective

In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05 (ASU 2011-05), "Presentation of Comprehensive Income," which requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. ASU 2011-05 will be effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We do not believe that the adoption of ASU 2011-05 will have a material effect on our operating results or financial position.

In September 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-08 (ASU 2011-08), "Testing Goodwill for Impairment." ASU 2011-08 updates guidance on the periodic testing of goodwill for impairment. This updated guidance will allow companies to assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that goodwill will be impaired and whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test required under current accounting standards. This new guidance is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. We do not believe that the adoption of ASU 2011-08 will have a material effect on our operating results or financial position.

In December 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-11 (ASU 2011-11), “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 enhances disclosures regarding financial instruments and derivative instruments. Entities are required to provide both net information and gross information for these assets and liabilities in order to enhance comparability between those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of U.S. GAAP and those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of IFRS. This new guidance is to be applied retrospectively. We do not believe that the adoption of ASU 2011-11 will have a material effect on our operating results or financial position.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 PDI is a smaller reporting company as defined by the disclosure requirements in Regulation S-K of the SEC and therefore not required to provide this information.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Financial statements and the financial statement schedule specified by this Item 8, together with the report thereon of Ernst

33

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

& Young LLP, are presented following Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2011.  Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms.

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, based on their review, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide such reasonable assurance.

Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, believes that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must consider the benefits of controls relative to their costs. Inherent limitations within a control system include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by unauthorized override of the control. While the design of any system of controls is to provide reasonable assurance of the effectiveness of disclosure controls, such design is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and such assumptions, while reasonable, may not take into account all potential future conditions. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in a cost effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be prevented or detected.

Our management has conducted an assessment of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Management's report on our internal control over financial reporting is included in this Form 10-K. Management has concluded that internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2011.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The management of PDI, Inc. (“PDI”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f).

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal controls may vary over time. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Accordingly, even those systems determined to be effective can provide us only with reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

PDI's management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, following the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control - Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment under the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, PDI's management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

As of December 31, 2011, the management of PDI assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting for the Group DCA business unit and concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective. Except as described above relative to the Group DCA business unit, there has not been any change in our system of internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

34

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information relating to directors and executive officers of the registrant that is responsive to Item 10 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders and such information is incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information relating to executive compensation that is responsive to Item 11 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders and such information is incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management that is responsive to Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders and such information is incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information relating to certain relationships and related transactions that is responsive to Item 13 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders and such information is incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Information relating to principal accounting fees and services that is responsive to Item 14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2012 annual meeting of stockholders and such information is incorporated by reference herein.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(1) Financial Statements – See Index to Financial Statements on page F-1 of this report.

(2) Financial Statement Schedule

Schedule II:      Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits

Exhibit No. Description

35

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

Exhibit No.	Description
2.1	Asset Purchase Agreement by and among InServe Support Solutions, the Company and Informed Medical Communications, Inc. dated December 30, 2011 (filed herewith). Upon the request of the SEC, the Company agrees to furnish copies of the following exhibits and schedules: Exhibit A - Form of Promissory Note; Exhibit B - Form of Bill of Sale; Exhibit C - Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement; Schedule 1(a)(ii) - Contracts, Agreements, Proposals, Identified Opportunities; Schedule 1(a)(ii) - Client and Customer List; Schedule 1(a)(iii) - Intellectual Property Assets; Schedule 1.1(b) - Accounts Receivable; Schedule 2(b) - Programs Qualifying for Buyer Royalty Payments; Schedule 9(g) - Consents; Schedule 15 - Employees; Schedule 17(f) - Name Use Terminations.
3.1	Certificate of Incorporation of PDI, Inc. (1)
3.2	By-Laws of PDI, Inc. (1)
3.3	Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of PDI, Inc. (3)
4.1	Specimen Certificate Representing the Common Stock (1)
10.1*	1998 Stock Option Plan (1)
10.2*	2000 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (2)
10.3*	Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (15)
10.4*	2004 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (4)
10.5*	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Employees (13)
10.6*	Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement for Employees (13)
10.7*	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Directors (13)
10.8*	Form of Restricted Share Agreement (15)
10.9*	Employment Separation Agreement between the Company and Nancy Lurker (9)
10.10*	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and Jeffrey Smith (10)
10.11*	Employment Separation Agreement between the Company and David Kerr (15)
10.12*	Employment Separation Agreement between the Company and Rich Micali (14)
10.13*	Employment Separation Agreement between the Company and Howard Drazner (14)
10.14	Saddle River Executive Centre Lease (5)
10.15	Saddle River Executive Centre 2005 Sublease (5)
10.16	Saddle River Executive Centre 2007 Sublease (8)
10.17	First Amendment to Saddle River Executive Centre 2005 Sublease (12)
10.18	Morris Corporate Center Lease (11)
10.19	Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement for David Kerr (16)

36

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

Exhibit No.	Description
10.20.1	Amended and Restated Master Services Agreement, dated September 23, 2009, between the Company and Pfizer Inc. (18)
10.20.2	Amended and Restated Task Order No. 1 to the Master Services Agreement, effective January 1, 2010, between the Company and Pfizer Inc. (18)
10.20.3	Amendment No. 1 to Task Order No. 1, effective February 1, 2010, between the Company and Pfizer Inc. (18)
10.20.4	Amendment No. 2 to Task Order No. 1, effective June 28, 2010, between the Company and Pfizer Inc. (18)
10.20.5	Amendment No. 3 to Task Order No. 1, effective October 1, 2010, between the Company and Pfizer Inc. (18)
10.21	Consulting Agreement, dated July 1, 2010, between the Company and John P. Dugan (17)
10.22	Membership Interest Purchase Agreement, dated November 3, 2010, between the Company, Group DCA, LLC, JD & RL, Inc., Robert O. Likoff and Jack Davis (19)
10.23*	Robert Likoff Employment Agreement (19)
10.24*	Jack Davis Employment Agreement (19)
10.25	Group DCA Lease in Parsippany, NJ (19)
10.26*	Stock Appreciation Rights for Nancy Lurker (19)
10.27*	New Hire Chief Executive Officer Term Sheet (19)
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Registrant (19)
23.1	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, filed herewith
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith
*	Denotes compensatory plan, compensation arrangement or management contract.
†	Portions of this Exhibit were omitted and filed separately with the Secretary of the SEC pursuant to an order for confidential treatment from the SEC.
(1)	Filed as an exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No 333-46321), filed with the SEC on May 19, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference.
(2)	Filed as an exhibit to our definitive proxy statement dated May 10, 2000, filed with the SEC on May 11, 2000 and incorporated herein by reference.
(3)	Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed with the SEC on March 13, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.

37

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

Exhibit No.	Description
(4)	Filed as an exhibit to our definitive proxy statement dated April 28, 2004, filed with the SEC on April 28, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.
(5)	Filed as an exhibit to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005, filed with the SEC on March 17, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.
(6)	Filed as an exhibit to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006, filed with the SEC on August 9, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.
(7)	Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed with the SEC on March 16, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.
(8)	Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, filed with the SEC on March 13, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
(9)	Filed as an exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 18, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference.
(10)	Filed as an exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 7, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
(11)	Filed as an exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009, filed with the SEC on November 5, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
(12)	Filed as an exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 4, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
(13)	Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, filed with the SEC on March 13, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
(14)	Filed as an exhibit to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 7, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference.
(15)	Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, filed with the SEC on March 8, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference.
(16)	Filed as an exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, filed with the SEC on May 6, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference
(17)	Filed as an exhibit to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010, filed with the SEC on August 4, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference
(18)	Filed as an exhibit to our Amended Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2009, filed with the SEC on January 28, 2011 and incorporated herein by
(19)	Filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed with the SEC on March 23, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 9th day of March, 2012.

38

PDI, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K (continued)

PDI, INC.

/s/ Nancy Lurker               

Nancy Lurker

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

PDI, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, and each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Nancy Lurker and Jeffrey E. Smith, and either of them, such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign on such person’s behalf, individually and in each capacity stated below, any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other documents in connection therewith, and to file the same and all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or desirable to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, thereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated and on the 9th day of March, 2012.

Signature	Title
/s/ Gerald Belle	Chairman of the Board of Directors
Gerald Belle
/s/ Nancy Lurker	Chief Executive Officer and Director
Nancy Lurker	(principal executive officer)
/s/ Jeffrey E. Smith	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Jeffrey E. Smith	(principal accounting and financial officer)
/s/ Frank Ryan	Director
Frank Ryan
/s/ John Federspiel	Director
John Federspiel
/s/ Stephen J. Sullivan	Director
Stephen J. Sullivan
/s/ Jack E. Stover	Director
Jack E. Stover
/s/ Veronica Lubatkin	Director
Veronica Lubatkin

39

PDI, Inc.

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

and Financial Statement Schedules

		Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
Consolidated Financial Statements
	Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010	F-3
	Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
	December 31, 2011 and 2010	F-4
	Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years
	ended December 31, 2011 and 2010	F-5
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
	December 31, 2011 and 2010	F-6
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-7
Schedule II.  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts		F-33

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of PDI, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PDI, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2011.  Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2).  These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures  that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.  Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of PDI, Inc. at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.  Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in the relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

	/s/Ernst &Young LLP
MetroPark, New Jersey
March 9, 2012

F-2

PDI, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share per share data)

	December 31, 2011			December 31, 2010
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	64,337		$	62,711
Short-term investments	127			147
Accounts receivable, net	9,633			11,057
Unbilled costs and accrued profits on contracts in progress	2,593			3,363
Other current assets	3,670			3,374
Total current assets	80,360			80,652
Property and equipment, net	2,484			3,947
Goodwill	18,908			23,976
Other intangible assets, net	7,309			10,393
Other long-term assets	4,318			5,421
Total assets	$	113,379		$	124,389
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	4,139		$	3,266
Unearned contract revenue	15,882			13,417
Accrued salary and bonus	8,283			10,664
Other accrued expenses	17,774			15,981
Total current liabilities	46,078			43,328
Long-term liabilities	7,778			11,548
Total liabilities	53,856			54,876
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no
shares issued and outstanding	—			—
Common stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized;
15,820,373 and 15,463,995 shares issued, respectively;
14,744,924 and 14,390,788 shares outstanding, respectively	158			155
Additional paid-in capital	126,720			124,787
Accumulated deficit	(53,731		)	(41,817		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	12			8
Treasury stock, at cost (1,075,449 and 1,073,207 shares, respectively)	(13,636		)	(13,620		)
Total stockholders' equity	59,523			69,513
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$	113,379		$	124,389

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-3

PDI, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except for per share data)

	For The Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Revenue, net	$	157,291		$	134,589
Cost of services	124,820			108,037
Gross profit	32,471			26,552
Operating expenses:
Compensation expense	19,694			16,267
Other selling, general and administrative expenses	14,590			15,189
DCA contingent consideration buyout and related charges	2,889			—
Facilities realignment	—			1,999
Total operating expenses	37,173			33,455
Operating loss	(4,702		)	(6,903		)
Other (expense) income, net	(14		)	120
Loss from continuing operations before tax	(4,716		)	(6,783		)
(Benefit) provision for income tax	(939		)	392
Loss from continuing operations	(3,777		)	(7,175		)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax	(8,137		)	361
Net loss	$	(11,914	)	$	(6,814	)
Basic (loss) income per share of common stock:
From continuing operations	$	(0.26	)	$	(0.50	)
From discontinued operations	(0.57		)	0.02
Net loss per basic share of common stock	$	(0.83	)	$	(0.48	)
Diluted (loss) income per share of common stock:
From continuing operations	$	(0.26	)	$	(0.50	)
From discontinued operations	(0.57		)	0.02
Net loss per basic share of common stock	$	(0.83	)	$	(0.48	)
Weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding:
Basic	14,440			14,306
Diluted	14,440			14,306

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-4

PDI, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands)

	For The Years Ended December 31,
	2011					2010
	Shares		Amount			Shares		Amount
Common stock:
Balance at January 1	15,464		$	155		15,308		$	153
Common stock issued	141		1			116		1
SARs exercised	11		—			3		—
Restricted stock issued	236		2			38		1
Restricted stock forfeited	(32	)	—			(1	)	—
Balance at December 31	15,820		158			15,464		155
Treasury stock:
Balance at January 1	1,073		(13,620		)	1,065		(13,558		)
Treasury stock purchased	2		(16		)	8		(62		)
Balance at December 31	1,075		(13,636		)	1,073		(13,620		)
Additional paid-in capital:
Balance at January 1			124,787					123,295
Common stock issued			(1		)			(1		)
Restricted stock issued			(2		)			(1		)
Stock-based compensation expense			1,936					1,494
Balance at December 31			126,720					124,787
(Accumulated deficit)retained earnings:
Balance at January 1			(41,817		)			(35,003		)
Net loss			(11,914		)			(6,814		)
Balance at December 31			(53,731		)			(41,817		)
Accumulated other
comprehensive (loss) income:
Balance at January 1			8					3
Reclassification of realized loss, net of tax			—					3
Unrealized holding gain, net of tax			4					2
Balance at December 31			12					8
Total stockholders' equity			59,523					69,513
Comprehensive loss:
Net loss			$	(11,914	)			$	(6,814	)
Reclassification of realized loss, net of tax			—					3
Unrealized holding gain, net of tax			4					2
Total comprehensive loss			$	(11,910	)			$	(6,809	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-5

PDI, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	For The Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
Net loss from operations	$	(11,914	)	$	(6,814	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	3,046			1,829
Realignment accrual accretion	161			147
Deferred income taxes, net	—			5
Provision for bad debt, net	58			30
Reversal of contingent consideration accrual	(1,557		)	—
Non-cash loss on sale of Pharmakon	6,868			—
Stock-based compensation	1,936			1,494
Non-cash facilities realignment	—			575
Other losses and expenses, net	—			16
Other changes in assets and liabilities:
Decrease in accounts receivable	1,397			2,095
Decrease in unbilled costs	770			711
Decrease in income tax receivable	—			3,298
(Increase) decrease in other current assets	(1,797		)	327
Decrease in other long-term assets	2,617			—
Increase in accounts payable	873			522
Increase in unearned contract revenue	2,465			2,625
(Decrease) increase in accrued salaries and bonus	(2,381		)	4,512
Increase in accrued liabilities	1,817			5,142
Decrease in long-term liabilities	(2,374		)	(162		)
Net cash provided by operating activities	1,985			16,352
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash acquired	—			(23,912		)
Purchase of property and equipment	(343		)	(2,130		)
Net cash used in investing activities	(343		)	(26,042		)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
Cash paid for repurchase of restricted shares	(16		)	(62		)
Net cash used in financing activities	(16		)	(62		)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	1,626			(9,752		)
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning	62,711			72,463
Cash and cash equivalents – ending	$	64,337		$	62,711
Cash paid for taxes	$	37		$	86

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-6

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

1. Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business

PDI, Inc., together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries (PDI or the Company), is a leading provider of integrated multichannel outsourced promotional services to established and emerging pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare companies in the United States. PDI is a leading provider of outsourced sales teams that target healthcare providers, offering a range of complementary sales support services designed to achieve our customers' strategic and financial product objectives. In addition to outsourced sales teams in the United States, PDI also provides other promotional services, including clinical educator services, digital communications, teledetailing and with the formation of our new business unit during the second quarter of 2011, Interpace BioPharma, PDI provides pharmaceutical, biotechnology, medical device and diagnostics clients with full-service product commercialization solutions. These services include distribution, full supply chain management, operations, sales, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management. Combined, PDI's services offer customers a range of both personal and non-personal promotional options for the commercialization of their products throughout the product lifecycle, from development through maturity. PDI provides innovative and flexible service offerings designed to drive customers' businesses forward and successfully respond to a continually changing market. The Company's services provide a vital link between its customers and the medical community through the communication of product information to physicians and other healthcare professionals for use in the care of their patients. The Company provides these services through three reporting segments: Sales Services; Marketing Services; and Product Commercialization Services (PC Services).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PDI, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries: Group DCA, LLC (Group DCA); ProtoCall, Inc.; PDI Investment Company, Inc., Interpace BioPharma; and presented as discontinued operations, InServe Support Solutions (Pharmakon) and TVG, Inc. (TVG).  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Accounting Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Management's estimates are based on historical experience, facts and circumstances available at the time, and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.  Significant estimates include incentives earned or penalties incurred on contracts, best estimate of selling price in multiple element arrangements, valuation allowances related to deferred income taxes, self-insurance loss accruals, allowances for doubtful accounts and notes, income tax accruals, acquisition accounting, asset impairments and facilities realignment accruals.  The Company periodically reviews these matters and reflects changes in estimates as appropriate.  Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include unrestricted cash accounts, money market investments and highly liquid investment instruments with original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.

Receivables and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest.  Management reviews a customer’s credit history before extending credit.  The Company records a provision for estimated losses based upon the inability of its customers to make required payments using historical experience and periodically adjusts these provisions to reflect actual experience.  Additionally, the Company will establish a specific allowance for doubtful accounts when it becomes aware of a specific customer’s inability or unwillingness to meet its financial obligations (e.g., bankruptcy filing).  There was no allowance for doubtful accounts for trade accounts receivables as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Unbilled Costs and Accrued Profits

In general, contractual provisions, including predetermined payment schedules or submission of appropriate billing detail, establish the prerequisites for billings.  Unbilled costs and accrued profits arise when services have been rendered and payment

F-7

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

is assured but customers have not been billed.  These amounts are classified as a current asset.

Unearned Contract Revenue

Normally, in the case of detailing and e-detailing contracts, the customers agree to pay the Company a portion of the fee due under a contract in advance of performance of services because of large recruiting and employee development costs associated with the initial phase of a contract performance and effort required in the development of interactive digital communications.  The excess of amounts billed over revenue recognized represents unearned contract revenue, which is classified as a current liability.

Loans and Investments in Privately Held Entities

From time-to-time, the Company makes investments in and/or loans to privately-held companies.  The Company determines whether the fair values of any investments in privately held entities have declined below their carrying value whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that recorded values may not be recoverable.  If the Company considers any such decline to be other than temporary (based on various factors, including historical financial results, and the overall health of the investee’s industry), a write-down to estimated fair value is recorded.  On a quarterly basis, the Company reviews outstanding loans receivable to determine if a provision for doubtful notes is necessary.  These reviews include discussions with senior management of the investee, and evaluations of, among other things, the investee’s progress against its business plan, its product development activities and customer base, industry market conditions, historical and projected financial performance, expected cash needs and recent funding events.  The Company records interest income on the impaired loans; however, that amount is fully reserved if the investee is not making its interest payments.  Subsequent cash receipts on the outstanding interest are applied against the outstanding interest receivable balance and the corresponding allowance.  The Company’s assessments of value are subjective given that the investees may be at an early stage of development and rely regularly on their investors for cash infusions.  As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had a loan receivable balance of $0.5 million which was fully reserved.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation and amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis, using the estimated useful lives of: seven to ten years for furniture and fixtures; two to five years for office and computer equipment; and leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated service lives or the terms of the related leases which are currently five to six years.  Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.  Upon disposition, the asset and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the related accounts and any gains or losses are reflected in operations.

Software Costs

It is the Company’s policy to capitalize certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining internal-use software.  Capitalized software costs are included in property and equipment on the consolidated balance sheet and amortized over the software’s useful life, generally three to seven years.  Software costs that do not meet capitalization criteria are expensed immediately.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial institutions.  The Company also holds investments in Treasury money market funds that maintain an average portfolio maturity less than 90 days and, under the temporary guarantee program for money market funds, are insured by the United States Treasury.  Deposits held with financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits; however, management believes the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the financial institutions in which those deposits are held and the nature of the investments.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

The Company allocates the cost of acquired companies to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the remaining amount classified as goodwill.  Since the entities the Company has acquired do not have significant tangible assets, a significant portion of the purchase price has been allocated to intangible assets and goodwill.  The

F-8

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

identification and valuation of these intangible assets and the determination of the estimated useful lives at the time of acquisition, as well as the completion of impairment tests require significant management judgments and estimates.  These estimates are made based on, among other factors, consultations with an accredited independent valuation consultant, reviews of projected future operating results and business plans, economic projections, anticipated highest and best use of future cash flows and the market participant cost of capital.  The use of alternative estimates and assumptions could increase or decrease the estimated fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets, and potentially result in a different impact to the Company’s results of operations.  Further, changes in business strategy and/or market conditions may significantly impact these judgments and thereby impact the fair value of these assets, which could result in an impairment of the goodwill or intangible assets.

The Company tests its goodwill and indefinite lived intangible asset (Group DCA corporate tradename) for impairment at least annually (as of December 31) and whenever events or circumstances change that indicate impairment may have occurred.  A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant decline in our expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate of the pharmaceutical industry; unanticipated competition; and slower growth rates. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill, the indefinite lived intangible asset and our consolidated financial results.

The Company tests its goodwill for impairment at the business (reporting) unit level, which is one level below its operating segments.  The goodwill has been assigned to the reporting unit to which the value relates.  One of the Company's five reporting units, Group DCA, has goodwill. The Company tested goodwill by estimating the fair value of the reporting unit using a Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) model. The key assumptions used in the DCF model to determine the highest and best use of estimated future cash flows include revenue growth rates and profit margins based on internal forecasts, terminal value and a market participant’s weighted-average cost of capital used to discount future cash flows to their present value. The Company tested the indefinite lived intangible asset using a Relief From Royalty Method (RFRM) under the Income Approach. The key assumptions used in the RFRM model include revenue growth rates, the terminal value and the assumed discount rate. While the Company uses available information to prepare estimates and to perform impairment evaluations, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates or related projections, resulting in impairment related to recorded goodwill balances.  See Note 4, Fair Value Measurements, Note 7, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets and Note 18, Discontinued Operations for further information.

Long-Lived Assets, including Finite-Lived Intangible Assets

The Company reviews the recoverability of long-lived assets and finite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable.  If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized by reducing the recorded value of the asset to its fair value measured by future discounted cash flows.  This analysis requires estimates of the amount and timing of projected cash flows and, where applicable, judgments associated with, among other factors, the appropriate discount rate.  Such estimates are critical in determining whether any impairment charge should be recorded and the amount of such charge if an impairment loss is deemed to be necessary.  In addition, future events impacting cash flows for existing assets could render a write-down or write-off necessary that was not previously required.  For a discussion of impairment related to finite-lived intangible assets, see Note 7, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded non-cash charges of approximately $0.6 million for the impairment of certain furniture and leasehold improvements as a result of exiting the remaining space in Dresher, Pennsylvania. This charge has been recorded in discontinued operations. See Note 14, Facilities Realignment, and Note 18, Discontinued Operations, for additional information. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded non-cash charges of approximately $0.1 million for the impairment of certain furniture and leasehold improvements as a result of exiting the space in Schaumburg, Illinois. This charge has been recorded in discontinued operations. See Note 14, Facilities Realignment, and Note 18, Discontinued Operations, for additional information.

Self-Insurance Accruals

The Company is self-insured for benefits paid under employee healthcare programs.  The Company’s liability for healthcare claims is estimated using an underwriting determination which is based on the current year’s average lag days between when a claim is incurred and when it is paid.  The Company maintains stop-loss coverage with third-party insurers to limit its total exposure on all of these programs.  Periodically, the Company evaluates the level of insurance coverage and adjusts insurance levels based on risk tolerance and premium expense.  Management reviews the self-insurance accruals on a quarterly

F-9

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

basis.  Actual results may vary from these estimates, resulting in an adjustment in the period of the change in estimate.  Prior to October 1, 2008, the Company was  also self-insured for certain losses for claims filed and claims incurred but not reported relating to workers’ compensation and automobile-related liabilities for Company-leased cars.  Beginning October 1, 2008, the Company became fully-insured through an outside carrier for these losses.  The Company’s liability for claims filed and claims incurred but not reported prior to October 1, 2008 is estimated on an actuarial undiscounted basis supplied by our insurance brokers and insurers using individual case-basedvaluations and statistical analysis. These estimates are based upon judgment and historical experience.  However, the final cost of many of these claims may not be known for five years or more after filing of the claim. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, self-insurance accruals totaled $1.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively, and are included in other accrued expenses on the balance sheet.

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to various contingencies.  Loss contingencies are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when it is probable that a liability will be incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, or otherwise disclosed.  The Company is currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, the Company has accrued its estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. These estimates are developed in consultation with outside counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies.  Predicting the outcome of claims and litigation, and estimating related costs and exposures, involves substantial uncertainties that could cause actual costs to vary materially from estimates.

Revenue and Cost of Services

The Company recognizes revenue from services rendered when the following four revenue recognition criteria are met:  persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; services have been rendered; the selling price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  Many of the product detailing contracts allow for additional periodic incentive fees to be earned if certain performance benchmarks have been attained. See Note 2, Recent Accounting Standards, for a discussion of the impact of newly adopted revenue recognition rules on arrangements with multiple deliverables.

Sales Services

Revenue under pharmaceutical detailing contracts is generally based on the number of physician details made or the number of sales representatives utilized.  Revenue is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period or as the physician details are performed. A portion of revenues earned under certain contracts may be risk-based. The risk-based metrics are based on contractually defined percentages of prescriptions written.  Revenue from risk-based metrics is recognized in the period which the metrics have been attained and when we are reasonably assured that payment will be made. Many of the Company's product detailing contracts also allow for additional periodic incentive fees to be earned if certain activity based performance benchmarks have been attained. Revenue from incentive fees is recognized in the period earned if the performance benchmarks have been attained and when the Company is reasonably assured that payment will be made.   Many contracts also stipulate penalties if agreed upon performance benchmarks have not been met.  Revenue is recognized net of any potential penalties until the performance criteria relating to the penalties have been achieved.  Commission based revenue is recognized when performance is completed. 

The Company's product detailing contracts are generally for terms of one to two years and may be renewed or extended.  The majority of these contracts, however, are terminable by the customer for any reason upon 30 to 180 days’ notice.  Certain contracts provide for termination payments if the customer terminates the agreement without cause.  Typically, however, these penalties do not offset the revenue the Company could have earned under the contract or the costs it may incur as a result of its termination.

The Company maintains continuing relationships with its Sales Services customers which may lead to multiple ongoing contracts with one customer. In situations where the Company enters into multiple contracts with one customer at or near the same time, the Company evaluates the various factors involved in negotiating the arrangements in order to determine if the contracts were negotiated as a package and should be accounted for as a single agreement.

The loss or termination of large pharmaceutical detailing contracts could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.  Historically, the Company has derived a significant portion of its service revenue from a limited number of customers.  Concentration of business in the pharmaceutical industry is common and the industry continues to consolidate.  As a result, the Company is likely to continue to experience significant customer concentration in future periods.  For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s three largest customers,

F-10

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

each of whom individually represented 10% or more of the Company's service revenue, collectively accounted for approximately 72.4% and 82.6% of its service revenue, respectively.  See Note 13, Significant Customers, for additional information.

Cost of services consists primarily of the costs associated with executing product detailing programs, performance based contracts or other sales and marketing services identified in the contract and includes personnel costs and other direct costs, as well as the initial direct costs associated with staffing a product detailing program. Personnel costs, which constitute the largest portion of cost of services, include all labor related costs, such as salaries, bonuses, fringe benefits and payroll taxes for the sales representatives, sales managers and professional staff that are directly responsible for executing a particular program. Initial direct program costs are those costs associated with initiating a product detailing program, such as recruiting, hiring, and training the sales representatives who staff a particular program. Other direct costs include, but are not limited to, facility rental fees, travel expenses, sample expenses and other promotional expenses. All personnel costs, initial direct program costs and other direct costs are expensed as incurred. 

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses include those relating to travel and other similar costs, for which the Company is reimbursed at cost by its customers.  Reimbursements received for out-of-pocket expenses incurred are characterized as revenue and an identical amount is included as cost of services in the consolidated statements of operations.  For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses were $24.8 million and $21.3 million, respectively.

Training costs include the costs of training the sales representatives and managers on a particular product detailing program so that they are qualified to properly perform the services specified in the related contract.  For the majority of the Company’s contracts, training costs are reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses.

Marketing Services

Revenue under marketing service contracts are primarily based on a series of deliverable services associated with the design and execution of interactive digital promotional programs.  The contracts are generally terminable by the customer for any reason.  Upon termination, the customer is generally responsible for payment for all work completed to date, plus the cost of any nonrefundable commitments the Company has made on behalf of the customer. 

Revenue from certain promotional contracts that include more than one service offering is accounted for as multiple-element arrangements.  For these contracts, the deliverable elements are divided into separate units of accounting provided the following criteria are met: the price is fixed and determinable; the delivered elements have stand-alone value to the customer; and there is no right of return or refund.  The contract revenue is then allocated to the separate units of accounting.  Revenue and cost of services are recognized for each unit of accounting separately as the related services are rendered and costs are incurred, respectively.

A majority of the Company's multiple-element arrangements generally contain two phases for each wave of promotional content that is developed under the program: the development phase and the delivery phase. The development phase represents the creation of the promotional assets to be used in the program while the delivery phase represents the delivery of those assets to the customer's target audience and any communications received from the targets in response to the materials. The Company has determined that these two phases represent the units of accounting of a majority of its multiple-element arrangements.

The Company uses its best estimate of selling price to determine the value of all deliverables within the development unit of accounting and a majority of the deliverables within the delivery unit of accounting. The best estimate of selling price of standard deliverables is derived primarily from the Company's standard rate card, which covers a majority of the deliverables included within its customer contracts and is reviewed and updated on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances warrant, and management's margin objectives. Prices on the standard rate card are derived primarily from the Company's standard hourly project budgets and its standard hourly billing rate, however, these prices are then evaluated against recent market conditions and Company sales trends and may be adjusted by management in order to remain competitive in the current environment.

The best estimate of selling price of non-standard deliverables included within its customer contracts, which generally represent custom projects, is derived from the deliverable's hourly project budget and the Company's standard hourly billing rate. For a select few types of deliverables provided within its customer contracts, the Company uses third party evidence to determine the value of the deliverables. This applies primarily to the physical production of program recruitment tactics such as webkeys and direct mail, as well as other vendor services that the Company utilizes from time to time such as email broadcasting fees.

F-11

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

Revenue related to the development unit of accounting is recognized as the services are delivered. Revenue related to the delivery unit of accounting is recognized on a straight-line basis over the delivery phase of the project, as defined in the contract, and generally ranges between six and twelve months. 

The Company maintains continuing relationships with our Marketing Services customers which may lead to multiple ongoing contracts between the two parties. In situations where the Company enters into multiple contracts with one customer at or near the same time, it evaluates the various factors involved in negotiating the arrangements in order to determine if the contracts were negotiated together and should be accounted for as a single agreement.

Cost of services consists primarily of the costs associated with executing interactive digital promotional programs or other sales and marketing services identified in the contract and include personnel costs and other direct costs. Personnel costs, which constitute the largest portion of cost of services, include all labor related costs, such as salaries, bonuses, fringe benefits and payroll taxes for the professional staff that are directly responsible for executing a particular program. Other direct costs include, but are not limited to, freelance costs; email broadcasting fees; list rental fees; cue card, webkey and direct mail production fees; and other promotional expenses.  All personnel costs and direct program costs are expensed as incurred.

PC Services

Revenue under product commercialization contracts is based on the number of sales representatives utilized and the commercial operations services we provide. The Company has determined that there are two units of accounting in our Interpace BioPharma arrangement: the Dedicated Sales Team providing product detailing services; and the commercial operations providing full supply chain management, operations, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management services. Due to the significant level of customization, selling prices are determined for the Dedicated Sales Team through internal development of a program budget consistent with the manner of deriving selling prices that the Company employs in its Sales Services segment. Selling prices for commercial operations are determined by estimating the expenditures required to perform the services, plus the addition of a profit margin consistent with the expected profit margin to be generated by the Dedicated Sales Team. Revenue is recognized for the Dedicated Sales Team on a straight-line basis over the product detailing service period which begins upon deployment of the sales force. Revenue is recognized for commercial operations services as services are provided over the term of the contract. During the year ended December 31, 2011, one customer accounted for all of the revenue in the PC Services reporting segment.

In August 2011, Interpace BioPharma announced their first contract, a two and one-half year fee-for-service arrangement with a pharmaceutical company. This contract includes standard representations and warranties, as well as mutual confidentiality and indemnification obligations for the Company's protection, and is terminable by the customer without cause upon 180 days prior written notice after the first anniversary of the contract effective date. If the contract is terminated by the customer without cause, break up fees apply. The total compensation provided by the break up fee will not fully offset the revenue the Company would have earned from fully executing the contract or the costs the Company may incur as a result of its early termination.

This contract also includes exclusivity provisions limiting the Company's ability to promote competing products during the contract service period unless consent has been provided by the customer, and may also require the personnel the Company utilizes to be dedicated exclusively to promoting the customer’s product for the term of the contract. This agreement also includes incentive payments that can be earned if the Company's promotional activities generate results that meet or exceed agreed-upon performance targets.

Cost of services consists primarily of the costs associated with executing product detailing programs and includes personnel costs and other direct costs, as well as the initial direct costs associated with staffing a product detailing program. Cost of services may also include costs such as distribution, marketing and promotion, public relations, patient reimbursement programs, managed care support, and market research. Personnel costs, which constitute the largest portion of cost of services, include all labor related costs, such as salaries, bonuses, fringe benefits and payroll taxes for the sales representatives, sales managers and professional staff that are directly responsible for executing the program. Initial direct program costs are those costs associated with initiating a product detailing program, such as recruiting, hiring, and training the sales representatives who staff a particular program. Other direct costs include, but are not limited to, facility rental fees, travel expenses, sample expenses and other promotional expenses. All personnel costs, initial direct program costs and other direct costs are expensed as incurred. 

Contract Loss Provisions

F-12

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

Provisions for losses to be incurred on contracts are recognized in full in the period in which it is determined that a loss will result from performance of the contractual arrangement.

Stock-Based Compensation

The compensation cost associated with the granting of stock-based awards is based on the grant date fair value of the stock award.  The Company recognizes the compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, over the shorter of the vesting period or the period from the grant date to the date when retirement eligibility is achieved.  Forfeitures are initially estimated based on historical information and subsequently updated over the life of the awards to ultimately reflect actual forfeitures.  As a result, changes in forfeiture activity can influence the amount of stock compensation cost recognized from period to period.

The Company primarily uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and stock-based stock appreciation rights (SARs). The determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards is made on the date of grant and is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions made regarding a number of complex and subjective variables.  These assumptions include: expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards; actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors; the risk-free interest rate; and expected dividend yield.  These assumptions are more fully described in Note 12, Stock-Based Compensation. The fair value of restricted stock units (RSUs) and restricted shares is equal to the closing stock price on the date of grant.

Treasury Stock

Treasury stock purchases are accounted for under the cost method whereby the entire cost of the acquired stock is recorded as treasury stock.  Upon reissuance of shares, the Company records any difference between the weighted-average cost of such shares and any proceeds received as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital.

Rent Expense

Minimum rental expenses are recognized over the term of the lease.  The Company recognizes minimum rent starting when possession of the property is taken from the landlord, which may include a construction period prior to occupancy.  When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis and records the difference between the recognized rental expense and the amounts payable under the lease as a deferred rent liability.  The Company may also receive tenant allowances including cash or rent abatements, which are reflected in other accrued expenses and long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. These allowances are amortized as a reduction of rent expense over the term of the lease.  Certain leases provide for contingent rents that are not measurable at inception.  These contingent rents are primarily based upon use of utilities and the landlord’s operating expenses.  These amounts are excluded from minimum rent and are included in the determination of total rent expense when it is probable that the expense has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable.

Income taxes

Income taxes are based on income for financial reporting purposes calculated using the Company’s expected annual effective rate and reflect a current tax liability or asset for the estimated taxes payable or recoverable on the current year tax return and expected annual changes in deferred taxes.  Any interest or penalties on income tax are recognized as a component of income tax expense.

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method.  This method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between tax bases and financial reporting bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities based on enacted tax laws and rates.  Deferred tax expense (benefit) is the result of changes in the deferred tax asset and liability.  A valuation allowance is established, when necessary, to reduce the deferred income tax assets when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company operates in multiple tax jurisdictions and pays or provides for the payment of taxes in each jurisdiction where it conducts business and is subject to taxation.  The breadth of the Company’s operations and the complexity of the tax law require assessments of uncertainties and judgments in estimating the ultimate taxes the Company will pay.  The final taxes paid are dependent upon many factors, including negotiations with taxing authorities in various jurisdictions, outcomes of tax litigation and resolution of proposed assessments arising from federal and state audits.  Uncertain tax positions are

F-13

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not (i.e., a likelihood of more than fifty percent) that a position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities that have full knowledge of all relevant information. A recognized tax position is then measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company adjusts accruals for unrecognized tax benefits as facts and circumstances change, such as the progress of a tax audit. The Company believes that any potential audit adjustments will not have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or liquidity. However, any adjustments made may be material to the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows for a reporting period.

Significant judgment is also required in evaluating the need for and magnitude of appropriate valuation allowances against deferred tax assets.  Deferred tax assets are regularly reviewed for recoverability.  The Company currently has significant deferred tax assets resulting from net operating loss carryforwards and deductible temporary differences, which should reduce taxable income in future periods.  The realization of these assets is dependent on generating future taxable income.

Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year including any unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends.  Diluted earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income by the sum of the weighted average number of shares outstanding and dilutive common shares under the treasury method. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid), are participating securities and are included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes net income and the net unrealized gains and losses on investment securities, net of tax.  Other comprehensive income is net of reclassification adjustments to adjust for items currently included in net income, such as realized gains and losses on investment securities.

Subsequent Events

There are no subsequent events the Company has identified for disclosure.

Reclassifications

The Company reclassified certain prior period financial statement balances to conform to the current year presentation. See Note 18, Discontinued Operations, for further information.

2. Recent Accounting Standards

Forward Looking Accounting Standards Updates

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-05 (ASU 2011-05), "Presentation of Comprehensive Income," which requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. ASU 2011-05 will be effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not believe that the adoption of ASU 2011-05 will have a material effect on its operating results or financial position.

In September 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-08 (ASU 2011-08), "Testing Goodwill for Impairment." ASU 2011-08 updates guidance on the periodic testing of goodwill for impairment. This updated guidance will allow companies to assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that goodwill will be impaired and whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test required under current accounting standards. This new guidance is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe that the adoption of ASU 2011-08 will have a material effect on its operating results or financial position.

In December 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-11 (ASU 2011-11), “Balance Sheet (Topic 210):

F-14

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 enhances disclosures regarding financial instruments and derivative instruments. Entities are required to provide both net information and gross information for these assets and liabilities in order to enhance comparability between those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of U.S. GAAP and those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of IFRS. This new guidance is to be applied retrospectively. The Company does not believe that the adoption of ASU 2011-11 will have a material effect on its operating results or financial position.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards Updates

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-13 (ASU 2009-13), “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements-a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force.” ASU 2009-13 updates the existing multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements guidance included under Accounting Standards Codification 605-25. The revised guidance:

• eliminates the need for objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered element in order for a delivered item to be treated as a separate unit of accounting;

• eliminates the residual value method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method, which allocates any discount in the arrangement proportionally to each deliverable on the basis of each deliverable's selling price;

• establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on:

◦ vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) if available;

◦ third party evidence (TPE) if VSOE is not available; or

◦ an estimated selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available;

• requires that a vendor determine its best estimate of selling price in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a stand-alone basis; and

• expands the disclosure requirements for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements.

The Company frequently provides promotional services under multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements (Arrangements) through its Group DCA and Interpace BioPharma business units. The significant deliverables in these Arrangements generally include:

• for Group DCA:

◦ the content development phase (Development) of an interactive digital program; and

◦ the hosting period (Delivery) of an interactive digital program, which could include various services, but is primarily comprised of (1) the design and delivery of recruitment activities to generate participation in a program and (2) the online hosting, program management and progress reporting services; and

• for Interpace BioPharma:

◦ full supply chain management, operations, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management services; and

◦ a dedicated sales team providing product detailing services.

ASU 2009-13 became effective for, and was adopted by, the Company beginning January 1, 2011 on a prospective basis. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 as of January 1, 2011 impacted the revenue recognition policies of the Group DCA and Interpace BioPharma business units as follows:

Prior to the Adoption of ASU 2009-13

Prior to its adoption of ASU 2009-13, the Company separated the deliverables in its Arrangements into separate units of accounting, as required by the applicable revenue recognition accounting guidance in effect at the time, if (a) the delivered item(s) had value to the customer on a standalone basis, (b) there was objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered item(s), and (c) if an arrangement included a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) was considered probable and substantially in the control of the Company. The application of this guidance resulted in the following accounting treatment at Group DCA:

The Company acquired Group DCA on November 3, 2010. Historically, Development and Delivery services provided by Group DCA did not qualify as separate units of accounting under the accounting guidance in effect at the time due to the lack

F-15

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

of objective and reliable evidence, either from VSOE or TPE, of the fair value of the Delivery unit of accounting, which was the undelivered item in the Arrangements. As a result, the Company grouped the deliverables under these Arrangements into one unit of accounting and deferred all revenue related to the programs until it had achieved the recognition criteria applicable to the combined single unit of accounting. Generally, all revenue recognition criteria were met and revenue recognition commenced at the inception of a program's hosting period, and revenue was recognized ratably over the period.

For further information on the Company's revenue recognition policy refer to "Revenue & Cost of Services" in Footnote 1, Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies.

Impact of the Adoption of ASU 2009-13

Group DCA

Under the guidance in ASU 2009-13, Group DCA is now required to estimate the selling price of a deliverable if it has standalone value to the customer and both VSOE and TPE of the selling price are not available. As a result, the deliverables in Group DCA Arrangements have been determined to be separate units of accounting and consideration is allocated based on relative selling prices. Selling prices are estimated for most deliverables through an analysis of historical selling price as well as estimated internal labor hours and an average billing rate based on employee costs. Revenue is recognized for each unit of accounting depending upon the characteristics of their underlying deliverables. For Development, revenue is recognized as the service is being provided to the customer. Revenue allocated to Delivery is recognized ratably over the hosting period. The adoption of the new guidance did not materially impact Group DCA revenue recognition during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interpace BioPharma

Under the guidance in ASU 2009-13, the Company has determined that there are two units of accounting within its Interpace BioPharma Arrangements: the Dedicated Sales Team providing product detailing services; and the Commercial Operations providing full supply chain management, operations, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management services. Due to the significant level of customization, selling prices are determined for the Dedicated Sales Team through internal development of a program budget consistent with the manner of deriving selling prices that the Company employs in its Sales Services segment. Selling prices for Commercial Operations are determined by estimating the expenditures required to perform the services, plus the addition of a reasonable profit margin consistent with the expected profit margin to be generated by the Dedicated Sales Team. Revenue is recognized for Dedicated Sales Team on a straight-line basis over the product detailing service period which begins upon deployment of the sales force. Revenue is recognized for Commercial Operations as services are provided over the term of the service period. As the formation of Interpace BioPharma occurred during the year ended December 31, 2011, the new guidance did not have a comparative impact.

3. Acquisition

On November 3, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of the membership interest in Group DCA, a privately held interactive digital communications company serving the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries. The primary reason for the acquisition of Group DCA was to leverage the strength of its Internet, multimedia, tablet PC, dimensional direct mail and proprietary software, DIAGRAM^™, in the delivery of non-personal selling solutions that accommodate the schedules of healthcare providers. Group DCA’s proprietary software also yields meaningful response data that allows clients the opportunity to better understand the needs and opinions of their audiences and, in turn, the opportunity to market to their audiences more effectively. With the combination of PDI’s traditional outsourced personal promotional services and Group DCA’s e-detailing, patient education communications and other digital communications, the Company expects to be better positioned to offer customers increased insight and greater engagement, which should result in integrated information and more impactful messages being delivered to health care providers across multiple communication channels.

The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase, subject to the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification 805-10-50 (ASC 805-10-50), and has been treated as an asset acquisition for tax purposes.  The Company paid cash (net) of approximately $23.9 million, of which $1.3 million was placed in escrow. As of December 31, 2011, $1.3 million was still held in escrow and is scheduled to be paid 18 months from the date of acquisition. Prior to being amended, the purchase agreement also provided for the former members of Group DCA to earn up to an additional $30 million from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2012 (contingent earn-out fee or contingent consideration).  These earn-outs were based on Group DCA’s achievement of revenue and gross profit metrics and ranged up to: $5.0 million in the period ended December 31, 2010; and $12.5 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.  Up to $2.5 million of the $12.5 million in each of the years ending December 31, 2011 and 2012 was related to certain integration activities. The metrics for payments related to the period ended December 31, 2010 were not achieved.

F-16

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

In connection with the transaction, the Company has recorded $18.9 million in goodwill, all of which is deductible for tax purposes, and $8.4 million in other identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2010. The identified finite-lived intangible assets, the healthcare provider database and technology, have a weighted average amortization period of 7.4 years. The tradename, which has an indefinite useful life, is not amortized.  See Note 7, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, for additional information. The Company also recorded $4.0 million, the estimated fair value of deferred revenue, using a cost build-up approach. The cost build-up approach determines fair value by estimating the costs relating to fulfilling the obligations plus a normal profit margin of a market participant, less an estimated selling effort.

The Company determined the acquisition date fair value of the contingent consideration of $1.6 million based on a probability-weighted income approach derived from revenue estimates and a probability assessment with respect to the likelihood of achieving the various earn-out criteria. The fair value measurement was based on significant subjective assumptions and inputs not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement. In November 2011, the Company entered into an amendment to the purchase agreement to buyout the contingent earn-out fee for $3.4 million. The buyout of the contingent earn-out fee will be paid as follows: $1.5 million no later than April 2, 2012; and $1.9 million no later than December 2, 2012. In connection with the signing of the amendment to the purchase agreement, the Company wrote-off the $1.6 million of contingent consideration recorded as part of the acquisition through the statement of operations. See Note 4, Fair Value Measurements, for further information. In addition, the Company recorded an indemnification asset and assumed a liability of approximately $0.9 million related to an ongoing sales tax assessment related to transactions that occurred prior to the acquisition date.

The Company incurred approximately $1.7 million in costs directly related to the acquisition of Group DCA within other selling, general and administrative expenses on the statement of operations during the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company realized approximately $0.7 million of revenue and an operating loss of approximately $2.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 related to Group DCA.

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 assume that the Company had acquired 100% of the membership interests in Group DCA as of the beginning of the period presented.  The pro forma results include estimates and assumptions which management believes are reasonable.  However, pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred if the acquisition had been consummated as of the dates indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results.

	(unaudited) Year ended December 31,
	2010
Revenue	$	146,156
Net loss	$	(14,110	)
Loss per share	$	(0.99	)

The major classes of assets and liabilities of Group DCA that have been included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet on the date of acquisition are as follows:

Current assets	$	3,963
Goodwill	18,808
Intangibles	8,363
Other non-current assets	1,023
Total assets	$	32,157
Unearned revenue	$	3,999
Other current liabilities	2,245
Contingent earn-out	1,557
Total liabilities	$	7,801

F-17

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

Any subsequent changes to the final purchase price allocation above will be adjusted in the statement of operations accordingly.

4.      Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  In determining fair value, the Company uses various methods, including market, income and cost approaches.  Based on these approaches, the Company often utilizes certain assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and/or the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique.  These inputs can be readily observable, market-corroborated, or generally unobservable inputs.  The Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.  Based upon observable inputs used in the valuation techniques, the Company is required to provide information according to the fair value hierarchy.  The fair value hierarchy ranks the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values into three broad levels as follows:

Level 1: Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in active markets from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets.  Valuations are obtained from third-party pricing services for identical or similar assets or liabilities.

Level 3: Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets.  Valuations are obtained from third-party pricing services for identical or similar assets or liabilities.

In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.  The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for the Company’s financial instruments measured on a recurring basis at fair value, including the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.

The fair value of marketable securities is valued using market prices in active markets (level 1).  As of December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any marketable securities in less active markets (level 2) or without observable market values that would require a high level of judgment to determine fair value (level 3).

The following table summarizes the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011:

	As of December 31, 2011				Fair Value Measurements
	Carrying		Fair		As of December 31, 2011
	Amount		Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash	$	22,506	$	22,506	$	22,506	$	—	$	—
Money market funds	41,831		41,831		41,831		—		—
	$	64,337	$	64,337	$	64,337	$	—	$	—
Marketable securities:
Money market funds	$	62	$	62	$	62	$	—	$	—
Mutual funds	65		65		65		—		—
U.S. Treasury securities	4,293		4,293		4,293		—		—
Government agency securities	871		871		871		—		—
	$	5,291	$	5,291	$	5,291	$	—	$	—

F-18

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

In connection with the November 3, 2010 acquisition of Group DCA, the Company recorded $1.6 million of contingent consideration. The Company determined the fair value of the contingent consideration based on a probability-weighted income approach derived from revenue estimates and a probability assessment with respect to the likelihood of achieving the various earn-out criteria. The fair value measurement was based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, the contingent consideration was written-off as part of the Group DCA contingent earn-out fee buyout and was netted in the DCA buyout and related costs line item in the consolidated statement of operations. See Note 3, Acquisition, for further information.

The Company considers carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses to approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments.  There is no fair value ascribed to the letters of credit as management does not expect any material losses to result from these instruments because performance is not expected to be required.

5. Investments in Marketable Securities

Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with the unrealized holding gains or losses, net of tax, included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are computed based upon specific identification and included in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations.  Declines in value judged to be other than-temporary on available-for-sale securities are recorded as realized in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations and the cost basis of the security is reduced. The fair values for marketable equity securities are based on quoted market prices.  Held-to-maturity investments are stated at amortized cost which approximates fair value.  Interest income is accrued as earned.  Realized gains and losses on held-to-maturity investments are computed based upon specific identification and included in interest income, net in the consolidated statement of operations.  The Company does not have any investments classified as trading.

Available-for-sale securities consist of assets in a rabbi trust associated with the Company’s deferred compensation plan.  At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the carrying value of available-for-sale securities was approximately $127,000 and $147,000, respectively, which are included in short-term investments.  The available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of approximately $62,000 and $76,000, respectively, in money market accounts, and approximately $65,000 and $71,000, respectively, in mutual funds.  At December 31, 2011, accumulated other comprehensive income included gross unrealized holding gains of approximately $12,000 and no gross unrealized holding losses.  At December 31, 2010, accumulated other comprehensive income included approximately $10,000 gross unrealized holding gains and no gross unrealized holding losses.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, other income, net included no gross realized losses orrealized gains.

The Company’s other marketable securities consist of investment grade debt instruments such as obligations of U.S. Treasury and U.S. Federal Government agencies and are maintained in separate accounts to support the Company’s letters-of-credit.  These investments are categorized as held-to-maturity because the Company’s management has the intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity.  The Company had standby letters-of-credit of approximately $3.1 million and $5.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as collateral for its existing insurance policies and facility leases.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, held-to-maturity investments included:

			Maturing						Maturing
	December 31, 2011		within 1 year		after 1 year through 3 years		December 31, 2010		within 1 year		after 1 year through 3 years
Cash/money market funds	$	111	$	111	$	—	$	80	$	80	$	—
US Treasury securities	4,293		1,323		2,970		4,093		—		4,093
Government agency securities	871		—		871		1,181		—		1,181
Total	$	5,275	$	1,434	$	3,841	$	5,354	$	80	$	5,274

At December 31, 2011and December 31, 2010, held-to-maturity investments were recorded in the following accounts: 

F-19

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Other current assets	$	1,434	$	80
Other long-term assets	3,841		5,274
Total	$	5,275	$	5,354

6.    Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
Furniture and fixtures	$	3,587		$	3,638
Office equipment	1,278			1,273
Computer equipment	5,630			7,525
Computer software	11,197			9,347
Leasehold improvements	7,116			7,166
	28,808			28,949
Less accumulated depreciation	(26,324		)	(25,002		)
	$	2,484		$	3,947

Depreciation expense was approximately $1.8 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  Included in depreciation expense is amortization expense for capitalized computer software costs of approximately $0.4 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the unamortized balance of capitalized computer software was $0.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded a non-cash charge of approximately $0.6 million for furniture and leasehold improvements in discontinued operations related to the Dresher, Pennsylvania facility. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded a non-cash charge of less than $0.1 million for furniture and leasehold improvements in discontinued operations related to the Schaumburg, Illinois facility.

7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and indefinite and finite-lived intangible assets recorded as of December 31, 2011 is attributable to the 2010 acquisition of Group DCA. Goodwill and finite-lived intangible assets recorded as of December 31, 2010 are attributable to the 2010 acquisition of Group DCA and the 2004 acquisition of Pharmakon. As of December 31, 2011, the carrying amount of goodwill for the Group DCA business unit was $18.9 million. As of December 31, 2010, the carrying amounts of goodwill for the Group DCA business unit was $18.9 million and Pharmakon reporting unit was $5.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company sold certain assets of its Pharmakon business unit and exited the business. As a result of this transaction, the Company wrote-off Pharmakon's goodwill and finite-lived intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2011. See Note 18, Discontinued Operations, for additional information.

Goodwill

During the Company’s annual goodwill impairment test performed as of December 31, 2011, management determined that the fair value of the Group DCA reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill, and thus concluded that the Group DCA goodwill was not considered impaired. As of December 31, 2011, Group DCA’s fair value exceeded its carrying value by approximately $13.0 million, or 47%. If, in future periods, the Group DCA reporting unit's projected long-term sales growth rate, profit margins, or terminal rate change adversely, or the assumed weighted-average cost of capital is considerably higher, future testing may indicate impairment of the goodwill and, as a result, require an adjustment to reduce or write off the carrying value of Group DCA’s goodwill.

Other Intangible Assets

F-20

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

In 2010 the Company recorded approximately $8.4 million in other intangible assets related to its acquisition of Group DCA. This balance was comprised of technology of $4.1 million, the Healthcare Professionals database of $2.2 million and the corporate tradename of $2.1 million. See Note 3, Acquisition, for further information. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of Group DCA’s corporate tradename exceeded its carrying value. If, in future periods, Group DCA reporting unit’s projected long-term sales growth rate or terminal rate change adversely, or the assumed discount rate is considerably higher, future testing may indicate impairment of the corporate tradename and, as a result, require an adjustment to reduce or write off the carrying value of Group DCA’s corporate tradename.

		As of December 31, 2011						As of December 31, 2010
	Life (Years)	Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net		Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net
Pharmakon*
Customer relationships	7	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,751	$	250	$	1,501
Corporate tradename	7	—		—		—		791		113		678
Group DCA
Technology	6	4,097		797		3,300		4,097		113		3,984
Healthcare professional database	10	2,203		257		1,946		2,203		36		2,167
Corporate tradename	N/A	2,063		—		2,063		2,063		—		2,063
Total		$	8,363	$	1,054	$	7,309	$	10,905	$	512	$	10,393

* On December 29, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement to sell certain assets of its Pharmakon reporting unit. See Note18, Discontinued Operations, for additional details related to the Pharmakon asset sale.

Amortization expense related to continuing operations was approximately $0.9 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.  Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

2012	2013	2014	2015	2016
$905	$905	$905	$905	$754

8. Retirement Plans

The Company offers an employee 401(k) saving plan.  Under the PDI, Inc. 401(k) Plan, employees may contribute up to 25% of their pre- or post-tax compensation.  Effective January 1, 2004, the Company made a safe harbor non-elective contribution equal to 100% of the first 3% of the participant’s contributed base salary plus 50% of the participant’s base salary contributed exceeding 3% but not more than 5%.  Participants are not allowed to invest any of their 401(k) funds in the Company’s common stock.  The Company’s total contribution expense from continuing operations related to the 401(k) plan for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $0.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

9. Long-Term Liabilities

Long-term liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

F-21

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Rent payable	$	2,070	$	2,374
Uncertain tax positions	2,887		4,088
Restructuring	2,679		3,435
Contingent earnout fee	—		1,557
Other	142		94
	$	7,778	$	11,548

See Note 3, Acquisition, and Note 4, Fair Value Measurements, for additional information related to the Group DCA contingent earnout fee above.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases facilities, automobiles and certain equipment under agreements classified as operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2017.  Substantially all of the property leases provide for increases based upon use of utilities and landlord’s operating expenses as well as pre-defined rent escalations.  Total expense under these agreements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $3.8 million and $4.0 million, respectively, of which $3.3 million and $3.5 million, respectively, related to automobiles leased for use by employees for a maximum lease term of one year from the date of delivery with the option to renew.

As of December 31, 2011, contractual obligations with terms exceeding one year and estimated minimum future rental payments required by non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining lease terms exceeding one year are as follows:

				Less than			1 to 3			3 to 5			After
	Total			1 Year			Years			Years			5 Years
Contractual obligations (1)	$	146		$	41		$	83		$	19		$	4
Operating lease obligations:
Minimum lease payments	19,221			4,329			8,875			5,731			285
Less minimum sublease rentals (2)	(9,042		)	(1,431		)	(4,408		)	(3,203		)	—
Net minimum lease payments	10,178			2,898			4,468			2,528			285
Total	$	10,325		$	2,939		$	4,550		$	2,547		$	289

(1) Amounts represent contractual obligations related to software license contracts, office equipment, and outsourcing contracts for software system support.

(2) As of December 31, 2011, the Company has entered into various sublease agreements for substantially all of the office space at the Saddle River, New Jersey facility and the Dresher, Pennsylvania facility. These subleases will provide aggregated lease payments of approximately $6.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively, over the remaining lease periods.

Letters of Credit

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $3.1 million in letters of credit outstanding as required by its existing insurance policies and its facility leases.

Litigation

Due to the nature of the businesses in which the Company is engaged, such as product detailing and in the past, the distribution of products, it is subject to certain risks. Such risks include, among others, risk of liability for personal injury or death to persons using products the Company promotes or distributes. There can be no assurance that substantial claims or liabilities will not arise in the future due to the nature of the Company’s business activities and recent increases in litigation related to healthcare products, including pharmaceuticals. The Company seeks to reduce its potential liability under its service agreements through measures such as contractual indemnification provisions with customers (the scope of which may vary

F-22

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

from customer to customer, and the performance of which is not secured) and insurance. The Company could, however, also be held liable for errors and omissions of its employees in connection with the services it performs that are outside the scope of any indemnity or insurance policy. The Company could be materially adversely affected if it were required to pay damages or incur defense costs in connection with a claim that is outside the scope of an indemnification agreement; if the indemnity, although applicable, is not performed in accordance with its terms; or if the Company’s liability exceeds the amount of applicable insurance or indemnity.

11. Preferred Stock

The board of directors of PDI (Board) is authorized to issue, from time-to-time, up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series.  The Board is authorized to fix the rights and designation of each series, including dividend rights and rates, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption terms and prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares of each series.  As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no issued and outstanding shares of preferred stock.

12. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company’s stock-incentive program is a long-term retention program that is intended to attract, retain and provide incentives for talented employees, officers and directors, and to align stockholder and employee interests.  The Company considers its stock-incentive program critical to its operations and productivity.  Currently, the Company grants options, SARs and restricted shares from the PDI, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the Amended 2004 Plan), which is described below.

The Company primarily uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and SARs. The determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility.  As there is no trading volume for the Company’s options, implied volatility is not representative of the Company’s current volatility so the historical volatility of the Company's common stock is determined to be more indicative of the Company’s expected future stock performance.  The expected life is determined using the safe-harbor method. The Company expects to use this simplified method for valuing employee SARs grants until more detailed information about exercise behavior becomes available over time.  The Company bases the risk-free interest rate on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options or SARs.  The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and therefore uses an expected dividend yield of zero in the option valuation model. The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.  The Company recognizes compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, arising from the issuance of stock options and SARs on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the grant.

The estimated compensation cost associated with the granting of restricted stock and restricted stock units is based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The Company recognizes the compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, arising from the issuance of restricted stock and restricted stock units on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the vesting period or the period from the grant date to the date when retirement eligibility is achieved.

There were no SARs granted during 2011. The following table provides the weighted average assumptions used in determining the fair value of the non-performance based SARs granted during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Risk-free interest rate	1.28	%
Expected life	3.5 years
Expected volatility	51.27	%

Stock Incentive Plan

In 2011, the Board and stockholders approved the Amended 2004 Plan.  The Amended 2004 Plan replaced the 1998 Stock Option Plan (the 1998 Plan) and the 2000 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the 2000 Plan).  The Amended 2004 Plan

F-23

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

authorized an additional 1,100,000 shares for new awards and combined the remaining shares available under the original 2004 Plan.  Eligible participants under the Amended 2004 Plan include officers and other employees of the Company, members of the Board and outside consultants, as specified under the Amended 2004 Plan and designated by the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board (Compensation Committee).  Unless earlier terminated by action of the Board, the Amended 2004 Plan will remain in effect until such time as no stock remains available for delivery under the Amended 2004 Plan and the Company has no further rights or obligations under the Amended 2004 Plan with respect to outstanding awards thereunder. 

Historically, stock options were generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market value of the common stock on the date of grant, expired 10 years from the date they are granted, and generally vested over a two-year period for members of the Board of Directors and a three-year period for employees.  Upon exercise, new shares are issued by the Company.  The Company has not granted stock options since 2005.  SARs are generally granted with a grant price equal to the market value of the common stock on the date of grant, vest one-third each year on the anniversary of the date of grant and expire five years from the date of grant.  The restricted shares and restricted stock units generally have vesting periods that range from eighteen months to three years and are subject to accelerated vesting and forfeiture under certain circumstances.

In November 2008, the Company’s chief executive officer was granted 140,000 restricted stock units and 280,000 performance contingent SARs.  The restricted stock units will vest into shares of the Company’s common stock, in five equal installments, with the initial 20% of the units vesting immediately on the grant date and an additional 20% of the units vesting on each anniversary of the grant date over a four year period.  The performance contingent SARs have an exercise price of $4.28, a seven year term to expiration, and a weighted-average fair value of $0.86.  The fair value estimate of the performance contingent SARs was calculated using a Monte Carlo Simulation model.  The performance contingent SARs are subject to the same time-based vesting schedule as the restricted stock units, but will not vest unless and until certain additional, performance-based conditions are satisfied: (1) with respect to the initial 94,000 performance contingent SARs, the closing price of the Company’s common stock is at least $10.00 per share for 60 consecutive trading days anytime within five years from the grant date; (2) with respect to the next 93,000 performance contingent SARs, the closing price of the Company’s common stock is at least $15.00 per share for 60 consecutive trading days anytime within five years from the grant date; and (3) with respect to the final 93,000 performance contingent SARs, the closing price of the Company’s common stock is at least $20.00 per share for 60 consecutive trading days anytime within five years from the grant date.  Vesting of the performance contingent SARs granted to the CEO is contingent upon achievement of certain stock prices; these stock prices represent premiums in excess of 25% to the closing stock price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  As of December 31, 2011, none of the performance contingent SARs had vested.  During the first quarter of 2011, the Company, with the approval of the Company’s Compensation Committee, modified the performance-based vesting conditions of all performance contingent SARS.  The modified terms of the grant change the “60 consecutive trading days” disclosed above to “an average of 60 consecutive trading days.” The modification of these terms had a financial impact of approximately $45,000 in the year ended December 31, 2011.

The weighted-average fair value of non-performance based SARs granted during the years ended December 31, 2010 was estimated to be $2.09.  There were no SARs granted during 2011. There were 29,451 SARs exercised in 2011 with a weighted-average grant price of $5.03 and 17,942 SARs exercised in 2010 with a weighted-average grant price of $7.62. Historically, shares issued upon the exercise of options have been new shares and have not come from treasury shares.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $2.1million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested SARs and restricted stock that are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.9 years.

The impact of stock options, SARs, performance shares, RSUs and restricted stock on net loss for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

	2011		2010
Stock options and SARs	$	238	$	255
Performance awards	111		80
RSUs and restricted stock	1,587		1,159
Total stock-based compensation expense	$	1,936	$	1,494

A summary of stock option and SARs activity for the year ended December 31, 2011, and changes during such year, is

F-24

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

presented below:

	Shares		Average Grant Price	Remaining Contractual Period (in years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2011	937,266		$8.53	3.79	$3,867
Granted	—		$0.00	—	$	—
Exercised	(29,451	)	$5.03
Forfeited or expired	(168,892	)	$15.54
Outstanding at December 31, 2011	738,923		$7.06	2.97	$896
Exercisable at December 31, 2011	275,857		$10.88	1.99	$89
Vested and expected to vest	721,965		$7.05	2.97	$889

A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested SARs for the year ended December 31, 2011, and changes during such year, is presented below:

	Shares		Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011	648,473		$	1.51
Granted	—		$	—
Vested	(124,738	)	$	2.12
Forfeited	(60,669	)	$	1.46
Nonvested at December 31, 2011	463,066		$	1.35

The aggregate fair value of SARs vested during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of SARs vested during the year ended December 31, 2010 was $2.52.

A summary of the Company’s nonvested shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2011, and changes during such year, is presented below:

	Shares		Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value		Average Remaining Vesting Period (in years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011	505,319		$	5.85	1.87	$	5,326
Granted	331,268		$	8.00	2.29	$	1,968
Vested	(155,297	)	$	5.21
Forfeited	(75,152	)	$	7.09
Nonvested at December 31, 2011	606,138		$	7.04	1.68	$	3,891

The aggregate fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units vested during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $0.8 million and $0.9 million, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units vested during the year ended December 31, 2010 was $6.02.

13.   Significant Customers

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had several significant customers for which it provided services under specific contractual arrangements.  The following sets forth the net revenue generated by customers who accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue from continuing operations during each of the periods presented.

F-25

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

	Years Ended December 31,
Customer	2011		2010
A	$	67,138	$	71,825
B	$	27,956	$	15,919
C	$	21,724	$	23,631

The Company recorded revenue in its Sales Services segment from Customers A through C during the periods that they were considered a significant customer as presented above.   The Company recorded revenue in its Marketing Services segment from Customer A in both periods.

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s three largest customers, each representing 10% or more of its revenue, accounted for, in the aggregate, approximately 74.3% and 82.8%, respectively, of its revenue from continuing operations.  At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s three largest customers represented 59% and 75%, respectively, of the aggregate of its outstanding accounts receivable and unbilled services.

14. Facilities Realignment

Saddle River, New Jersey Facility

Prior to December 2009, the Company's corporate headquarters were located in a three-floor facility in Saddle River, New Jersey. In 2007, the Company entered into a sublease for the second floor of its Saddle River, New Jersey facility through the end of the facility's lease term, January 2016. This sublease will not fully offset the Company's lease obligations for this space; therefore, the Company recorded a $1.0 million charge for facility realignment and related asset impairment for furniture and leasehold improvements in the office space.

In December 2009, the Company relocated its corporate headquarters from its Saddle River, New Jersey facility to a smaller office located in Parsippany, New Jersey. Due to the relocation, the Company recorded a facility realignment charge of approximately $3.9 million in December 2009 and a non-cash impairment charge of approximately $1.5 million related to furniture, leasehold improvements and office equipment in the office space. Effective September 1, 2009, the Company extended the sublease for the first floor of its Saddle River, New Jersey facility through the remainder of the facility lease term. The sublease is expected to provide approximately $2.3 million in sublease income through January 2016, but will not fully offset the Company's lease obligations for this space. As a result, the Company recorded a $0.8 million facility realignment charge in the third quarter of 2009. The Company also recorded a non-cash impairment charge of approximately $0.4 million related to furniture and leasehold improvements in the office space.

Due to continued adverse conditions in the real estate market in 2010, the Company adjusted its assumptions regarding its ability to sublease unoccupied space on the third floor of the Saddle River, New Jersey facility resulting in realignment charges of approximately $0.6 million and $1.4 million during the quarters ended June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010, respectively. In September 2011, the Company secured a sublease for the approximately 47,000 square feet of remaining space in Saddle River, New Jersey. This sublease runs through the end of the facility's lease term, January 2016. The Company expects to receive approximately $2.2 million in lease payments over the life of the sublease.

Dresher, Pennsylvania Facility

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company continued to right size its operations in Dresher, Pennsylvania and recorded facility realignment charges of $1.4 million and non-cash impairments of furniture and leasehold improvements of $0.7 million. During 2010, the Company discontinued the operations of its TVG business unit and exited the remaining portion of space at the facility, thus recording additional restructuring charges of $0.3 million for facility realignment and $0.6 million for non-cash asset impairments of furniture and leasehold improvements in discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2010. See Note 18, Discontinued Operations, for further information regarding the discontinued operations of TVG.

In the first quarter of 2011, the Company entered into two separate agreements to sublease substantially all of the remaining space in Dresher, Pennsylvania.  These subleases have lease terms that expire on November 30, 2016 in connection with the underlying facility lease.  

Schaumburg, Illinois Facility

F-26

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

In December 2011, the Company sold certain assets of its Pharmakon business unit, vacated the business units' Schaumburg, Illinois facility and recorded a facility realignment charge of $0.4 million in discontinued operations. The sublease runs through February 2015 and the Company is currently seeking to sublease this 6,700 square feet of office space.

A summary of the significant components of the facility realignment charges for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 by segment is as follows:

	Sales		Discontinued
2010	Services		Operations		Total
Facility lease obligations	$	1,999	$	314	$	2,313
Asset impairments	—		575		575
Related charges	—		16		16
Total facility realignment charge	$	1,999	$	905	$	2,904
2011
Facility lease obligations	$	—	$	392	$	392
Asset impairments	—		—		—
Related charges	—		—		—
Total facility realignment charge	$	—	$	392	$	392

The following table presents a reconciliation of the restructuring charges in 2011 and 2010 to the balances as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, which is included in other accrued expenses ($1.8 million and $2.9 million, respectively) and in long-term liabilities ($2.7 million and $3.4 million, respectively):

	Sales Services			Discontinued Operations			Total
Balance as of January 1, 2010	$	4,730		$	1,523		$	6,253
Accretion	113			34			147
Adjustments	1,999			312			2,311
Payments	(1,813		)	(596		)	(2,409		)
Balance as of December 31, 2010	5,029			1,272			6,301
Accretion	132			27			159
Adjustments	(158		)	364			206
Payments	(1,586		)	(591		)	(2,177		)
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	3,417		$	1,072		$	4,489

15. Income Taxes

The provision for or benefit from income taxes on continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is comprised of the following:

F-27

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

	2011			2010
Current:
Federal	$	(879	)	$	34
State	(39		)	274
Total current	(918		)	308
Deferred:
Federal	(17		)	71
State	(4		)	13
Total deferred	(21		)	84
Provision for income taxes	$	(939	)	$	392

The Company performs an analysis each year to determine whether the expected future income will more likely than not be sufficient to realize the deferred tax assets.  The Company's recent operating results and projections of future income weighed heavily in the Company's overall assessment.  As a result of this analysis, the Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its federal and state net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011 as the Company believes that it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized. The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company’s deferred tax assets and (liabilities) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	2011			2010
Current deferred tax assets (liabilities)
included in other current assets:
Allowances and reserves	$	2,953		$	1,992
Compensation	3,564			3,148
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets	(6,517		)	(5,140		)
	—			—
Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities)
included in other long-term assets:
State net operating loss carryforwards	4,366			3,888
Federal net operating loss carryforwards	24,743			15,067
State taxes	1,134			1,134
Self insurance and other reserves	267			1,321
Property, plant and equipment	2,431			2,406
Intangible assets	930			5,279
Other reserves - restructuring	667			1,292
Compensation	9			—
Deferred Revenue	1,660			—
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets	(36,269		)	(30,471		)
	(62		)	(84		)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(62	)	$	(84	)

The noncurrent net deferred tax liability as of December 31, 2011 relates to tax amortization of the tax basis in trade names associated with the Group DCA acquisition.  The Company determined that this deferred tax liability would not be realizable for an indeterminate time in the future and consequently should not be included in net deferred tax assets for purposes of calculating the valuation allowance in any period.

Federal tax attribute carryforwards at December 31, 2011, consist primarily of approximately $24.7 million of federal net operating losses.  In addition, the Company has approximately $4.4 million of state net operating losses carryforwards.  The utilization of the federal carryforwards as an available offset to future taxable income is subject to limitations under federal income tax laws.  If the federal net operating losses are not utilized, they begin to expire in 2027, and current state net operating

F-28

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

losses not utilized began to expire in 2011.

A reconciliation of the difference between the federal statutory tax rates and the Company's effective tax rate from continuing operations is as follows:

	2011		2010
Federal statutory rate	35.0	%	35.0	%
State income tax rate, net
of Federal tax benefit	1.3	%	(1.7	)%
Meals and entertainment	(3.3	)%	(1.5	)%
Valuation allowance	(35.0	)%	(35.3	)%
Other non-deductible	—	%	(0.1	)%
Other taxes	0.4	%	—	%
Net change in Federal and state reserves	21.5	%	(2.2	)%
Effective tax rate	19.9	%	(5.8	)%

The following table summarizes the change in uncertain tax benefit reserves for the two years ended December 31, 2011:

	Unrecognized
	Tax Benefits
Balance of unrecognized benefits as of January 1, 2010	$	3,936
Additions for tax positions related to the current year	—
Additions for tax positions of prior years	—
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	—
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	3,936
Additions for tax positions related to the current year	—
Additions for tax positions of prior years	—
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	(2,819		)
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	1,117

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $1.1 million and $3.9 million, respectively.  The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $1.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively. Also included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $0.0 million and $2.2 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would result in an increase to deferred tax assets and a corresponding decrease to the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets.

The Company recognized interest and penalties of $0.1 million and $0.2 million related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  At December 31, 2011 and 2010, accrued interest and penalties, net were $1.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

The Company and its subsidiaries file a U.S. Federal consolidated income tax return and consolidated and separate income tax returns in numerous states and local tax jurisdictions.  The following tax years remain subject to examination as of December 31, 2011:

Jurisdiction	Tax Years
Federal	2009-2011
State and Local	2007-2011

F-29

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

To the extent there was a failure to file a tax return in a previous year, the statute of limitation will not begin until the return is filed. In March of 2011, the examination by the Internal Revenue Service of the 2008 net operating loss carry back to the 2003 to 2005 tax years was closed, therefore these years are considered effectively settled in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 740.  There were no examinations in process by the Internal Revenue Service as of December 31, 2011.

16. Historical Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share

A reconciliation of the number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011	2010
Basic weighted average number of common shares	14,440	14,306
Potential dilutive effect of stock-based awards	—	—
Diluted weighted average number
of common shares	14,440	14,306

The following outstanding stock-based awards were excluded from the computation of the effect of dilutive securities on loss per share for the following periods as they would have been anti-dilutive:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011	2010
Options	102,545	176,670
Stock-settled stock appreciation rights (SARs)	356,378	455,596
Restricted stock and restricted stock units (RSUs)	606,138	469,449
Performance contingent SARs	280,000	305,000
	1,345,061	1,406,715

17.   Segment Information

The accounting policies followed by the segments are described in Note 1, Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies.  Corporate charges are allocated to each of the reporting segments on the basis of total salary expense. Corporate charges include corporate headquarter costs and certain depreciation expenses. Certain corporate capital expenditures have not been allocated from Sales Services to the other reporting segments since it is impracticable to do so.

The Company reports under the following three segments:

Sales Services segment – includes the Company’s Dedicated Sales Teams, Shared Sales Teams and EngageCE, the Company’s new clinical educators business unit.  This segment provides services through personal promotion with healthcare providers and uses teams to deliver services to a wide base. These businesses have similar long-term average gross margins, contract terms, types of customers and regulatory environments and therefore the business units have been aggregated into one reporting segment.

Marketing Services segment – includes the Company’s Group DCA and PDI Voice (Voice) business units.  This segment provides services though non-personal promotion with healthcare providers and is project driven. The units comprising this segment have a large number of smaller contracts, share similar gross margins, have similar customers, and have low barriers to entry for competition and therefore the business units have been aggregated into one reporting segment.  The offerings within this segment include peer-to-peer, interactive digital and telephonic communications with healthcare providers. Formerly this segment included TVG, whose operations were discontinued in 2010, and Pharmakon, whose operations were discontinued in 2011.

PC Services segment –  includes the Company's Interpace BioPharma business unit, the formation of which was announced

F-30

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

on August 1, 2011. Interpace BioPharma provides biopharmaceutical clients with full-service product commercialization solutions. These services include full supply chain management, operations, sales, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management.

	Sales Services			Marketing Services			PC Services		Consolidated
For the year ended December 31, 2011:
Revenue	$	135,970		$	12,195		$	9,126	$	157,291
Operating income (loss)	$	3,272		$	(9,493	)	$	1,519	$	(4,702	)
Capital expenditures	$	175		$	164		$	4	$	343
Depreciation expense	$	1,395		$	357		$	7	$	1,759
Total assets	$	66,889		$	39,965		$	6,525	$	113,379
For the year ended December 31, 2010:
Revenue	$	133,307		$	1,282		$	—	$	134,589
Operating (loss)	$	(1,657	)	$	(5,246	)	$	—	$	(6,903	)
Capital expenditures	$	2,027		$	103		$	—	$	2,130
Depreciation expense	$	1,136		$	61		$	—	$	1,197
Total assets	$	74,923		$	49,466		$	—	$	124,389

18. Discontinued Operations

On December 29, 2011 the Company entered into an agreement to sell certain assets of our Pharmakon business unit to Informed Medical Communications, Inc. (“Informed”) in exchange for potential future royalty payments and an ownership interest in Informed. The decision to take this action resulted from an extensive evaluation of the Pharmakon business in the context of the Company’s strategy, which is to focus on outsourced promotional services targeted to healthcare providers, as well as provide other promotional services, including clinical educator services, digital communications, teledetailing and full-service product commercialization solutions. The Company believes that this transaction will allow it to focus on the core businesses mentioned above while having the ability to offer stronger peer to peer services, and a broader commercial offering, including sales and leadership training, through integrated offers with Informed. In consideration for the Pharmakon assets, the Company received of royalty stream with a fair value of $0.4 million and a 1% ownership interest in Informed valued at $0.1 million. The royalty is earned annually through 2016 and not considered to be a direct cash flow to the Company since they are not significant. Net of the aforementioned consideration, the Company recorded a charge of approximately $7.5 million. The consolidated statement of operations reflects the presentation of Pharmakon as a discontinued operation in all periods presented.

On July 19, 2010, the Board approved closing the TVG business unit. The Company notified employees and issued a press release announcing this decision on July 20, 2010. The decision to take this action resulted from an extensive evaluation of the TVG business in the context of the Company’s strategy, which is to focus on outsourced promotional services targeted to healthcare providers, as well as TVG’s consistently declining revenues over recent years and the shrinking market in which TVG operated. The Company completed the closure of the TVG operations during the quarter ended September 30, 2010, including the completion of all active customer contracts. The consolidated statement of operations reflects the presentation of TVG as a discontinued operation in all periods presented.

A summary of the exit and disposal costs recognized within Loss from Discontinued Operations in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

F-31

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Non-cash charges
Asset impairments (1)	$	6,913		$	575
Cash charges
Lease-related charges	392			327
Severance charges	1,120			879
Other charges	(12		)	6
Total charges	$	8,413		$	1,787

(1) Asset impairments for the year ended December 31, 2011 represent the write-off of Pharmakon's goodwill and other intangible assets. Asset impairments for the year ended December 31, 2010 represent the write-off of unamortized leasehold improvements and furniture.

A rollforward of the liabilities recognized in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 is as follows:

Accrued liability as of January 1, 2010	$	—
Add: Costs incurred, excluding non-cash charges	1,462
Less: Cash payments	(1,446		)
Accrued liability as of December 31, 2010 (1)	$	16
Add: Costs incurred, excluding non-cash charges	1,120
Less: Cash payments	(16		)
Accrued liability as of December 31, 2011 (2)	$	1,120

(1) Accrued liability at December 31, 2010 consists of TVG employee related costs.

(2) Accrued liability at December 31, 2011 consists of Pharmakon employee severance costs.

The table below presents the significant components of Pharmakon's and TVG’s results included in Loss from Discontinued Operations in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Revenue, net	$	5,880		$	13,284
Loss from discontinued operations, before income tax	(8,374		)	387
Income tax expense	(237		)	26
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	$	(8,137	)	$	361

The major classes of assets and liabilities included in the consolidated balance sheets for Pharmakon and TVG as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 are as follows:

F-32

PDI, Inc.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(tabular information in thousands, except share and per share data)

	December 31,
	2011		2010
Current assets	$	1,013	$	7,841
Non-current assets	625		7,590
Total assets	$	1,638	$	15,431
Current liabilities	$	1,865	$	1,300
Non-current liabilities	1,526		1,560
Total liabilities	$	3,391	$	2,860

19.  Related Party Transactions

John P. Dugan

The Company entered into a consulting agreement (the “Agreement”) with its founder and former Chairman of the Board, John P. Dugan. Mr. Dugan, who retired from the Board effective June 3, 2010, is the Company’s largest stockholder beneficially owning approximately 33% of the outstanding common stock of PDI as of December 31, 2011.

The Agreement was executed on August 2, 2010 with an effective date of July 1, 2010, and shall continue for a period of thirty-six months.  Pursuant to the Agreement, Mr. Dugan will provide consulting services to PDI including, but not limited to, corporate strategy, communications and other general advice (the “Services”) upon request of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or the Board for a consulting fee of $12,500 per month over the term of the Agreement.   The Agreement is terminable by the Company upon thirty days prior written notice to Mr. Dugan, and terminable by Mr. Dugan upon ten days prior written notice to the Company. The Agreement also contains certain confidentiality clauses as well as a non-compete clause that continues for a period of two years after the termination of the Agreement. Mr. Dugan was paid $150,000 and $75,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, in his role as a consultant.

iLights

In connection with the November 3, 2010 acquisition of Group DCA, the Company assumed a relationship between the founding principals of Group DCA and iLights, a provider of manufacturer-sponsored online healthcare publishing to pharmaceutical companies. Two of the four founding members of iLights, who were also the principals of Group DCA, who were also members of PDI’s executive committee, own 50% of the interest in iLights.  Group DCA provides content development services to iLights. Transactions between Group DCA and iLights totaled $70,000 in 2011. The company terminated this relationship as of December 31, 2011.

PDI INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

	Balance at	Additions			Balance at
	Beginning	Charged to	Deductions		end
Description	of Period	Operations	Other (1)		of Period
2011
Allowance for doubtful accounts	—	—	—		—
Allowance for doubtful notes	747	31	—		778
Tax valuation allowance	35,617	—	7,169		42,786
2010
Allowance for doubtful accounts	—	—	—		—
Allowance for doubtful notes	717	30	—		747
Tax valuation allowance	34,177	—	1,440		35,617
Accrued sales returns	—	—	(231	)	—

F-33

(1) Includes payments and actual write offs, as well as changes in estimates in the reserves.

F-34

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.		Description
23.1		Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
31.1		Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2		Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1		Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2		Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
*	Denotes compensatory plan, compensation arrangement or management contract.

F-35

EX-2.1

EXECUTION COPY

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Asset Purchase Agreement(this “Agreement”), made as of this 30th day of December, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), is by and among InServe Support Solutions, a California corporation with its principal offices located at Morris Corporate Center 1, 300 Interpace Parkway, Parsippany, NJ 07054 (hereinafter referred to as the “Seller”), Informed Medical Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal offices located at 379 Thornall Street, Edison, NJ 08837 (hereinafter referred to as the “Buyer”), and PDI, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal offices located at Morris Corporate Center 1, 300 Interpace Parkway, Parsippany, NJ 07054 (hereinafter referred to as “PDI”). The Seller, PDI and the Buyer are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Parties,” and are sometimes individually referred to herein as a “Party.”

WHEREAS, the Seller and the Buyer have reached an agreement, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein, with respect to the sale by the Seller and the purchase by the Buyer of certain of the assets of the Seller utilized in connection with the operation of its Pharmakon business that is focused on the creation, design, and implementation of promotional peer interactive programming targeted at healthcare professionals via teleconferences, dinner meetings, webcasts, and satellite (the “Business”), and other related matters, and desire to reduce said agreement to writing; and

WHEREAS, PDI is the ultimate parent entity of the Seller and will derive substantial benefit from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual promises, covenants and representations contained herein, and other valuable consideration contained herein, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound thereby, the Parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Sale of Assets.

(a)Purchased Assets. At the Closing (as hereinafter defined), and pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Seller shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to the Buyer, and the Buyer shall purchase and acquire from the Seller, certain of the assets of the Business (the “Purchased Assets”) free and clear of any liens, claims, charges, security interests or other legal or equitable encumbrances, limitations or restrictions (“Encumbrances”). The Purchased Assets include and are limited to the following:

(i) The written contracts and agreements and the written outstanding proposals and identified opportunities listed on Schedule 1(a)(i), which shall be assigned by the Seller to the Buyer subject to the Seller obtaining any required consents (such written agreements and proposals, the “Contracts”) and all data related to the Contracts, including contact information and engagement history, which are maintained by the Seller or PDI;

(ii) All data and records related to the Purchased Assets, including the client and customer lists set forth on Schedule 1(a)(ii) (the “Client and Customer Lists”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer hereby grants to Seller and PDI a limited, perpetual, fully paid-

up, non-transferable and non-exclusive license to use the Client and Customer Lists, and all data related thereto, to conduct analysis and recommendations on channel preferences to a PDI client, provided that in no event shall the Seller or PDI be permitted to use the Client and Customer Lists, or any data related thereto, to directly or indirectly compete with the Buyer's Peer Meetings Business (as defined below). Upon request of PDI, but in no event more than twice per calendar year, Buyer shall cooperate with PDI to provide PDI with updated information with respect to the Healthcare professionals identified on the Client and Customer Lists that attend Peer Meeting Business programs;

(iii) All corporate names, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, d/b/a's, Internet domain names and related websites, IP addresses, logos, symbols, trade dress, assumed names, fictitious names and trade names associated with the Business, and to the extent allowable, the Seller's proprietary meeting management software application related to the Purchased Assets, all of which are listed on Schedule 1(a)(iii), together with all applications and registrations for all of the foregoing and all goodwill associated therewith and symbolized thereby, including, without limitation, all extensions, modifications and renewals of same (collectively, the “Intellectual Property Assets”). Subject to Section 3(e) below, the transfer of such Intellectual Property Assets to Buyer will be at Buyer's sole cost and expense;

(iv) All personal and laptop computers, tablets, cell phones, printers, and any other computer hardware (“Equipment”) utilized by the full-time and contract employees of the Seller identified on Schedule 15 attached hereto and who accept any offer of employment from the Buyer. Subject to Section 3(e) below, such Equipment shall be provided to Buyer, no later than the second week of January 2012, after all hard drives, SIM cards, etc. have been “scrubbed” to delete Confidential Information that is not related to the Purchased Assets;

(v) The goodwill of the Business, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the exclusive right of the Buyer to represent itself as continuing the Business as the successor to the Seller; provided, however, that the Buyer shall at no time represent that (i) it is an agent, joint venture partner or other affiliate or associate of the Seller or PDI, or (ii) that the Seller in any way continues to be associated with the operation of the Business;

(vi) Claims of the Seller, as of the Closing date, against third parties relating to the Purchased Assets or Assumed Liabilities, whether known or unknown, fixed or contingent; and

(vii) All telephone numbers and facsimile numbers (subject to telephone company consent) and email addresses associated with the Business including, without limitation, such numbers and e-mail addresses with respect to the full-time and contract employees of the Seller identified on Schedule 15 attached hereto who accept any offer of employment from the Buyer.

(b)Excluded Assets.Except for the Purchased Assets described in Section 1(a) above, no other assets of the Seller are being purchased by the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing statement, the following assets of the Seller are not part of the sale and purchase contemplated by this Agreement, are excluded from the Purchased Assets and shall remain the property of the Seller following the Closing (the “Excluded Assets”):

(i) All cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments;

(ii) All accounts and notes receivable with respect to services provided by the Seller under the Contracts prior to Closing Date, as set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) and further described in Section 6 below (the “Accounts Receivable”);

(iii) All minute books, stock records and corporate seals;

(iv) All claims for the refund of any federal, state or local taxes with respect to any period prior to the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined);

(v) Except as set forth in Section 1(a)(iv) above, all personal and laptop computers, tablets, cell phones, printers, and any other computer hardware and business supplies used in the context of the Business;

(vi) All insurance policies maintained by the Seller and rights thereunder;

(vii) Except as set forth in Section 1(a)(iii), all corporate names, trademarks, service marks, Internet domain names, IP addresses, logos and symbols of the Seller;

(viii) All rights relating to deposits and prepaid expenses and claims for refunds and rights to offset in respect thereof; and

(ix) All rights of the Seller under this Agreement and the Note (as hereinafter defined).

2. Liabilities. Subject to Section 19, the Buyer shall assume all obligations and liabilities of the Seller under the Contracts as of the Closing Date (the “Assumed Liabilities”). Except for the Assumed Liabilities, the Buyer shall not, and does not assume, agree to perform or discharge, or indemnify the Seller against or otherwise have any responsibility for any liabilities, costs, expenses, or losses of the Seller or claims against the Seller, including, without limitation, any tax or employment liability. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing statement, the following liabilities of the Seller are not part of the sale and purchase contemplated by this Agreement and shall remain the sole responsibility of and shall be retained, paid, performed and discharged solely by the Seller are excluded from the Purchased Assets and shall remain the property of the Seller following the Closing (the “Excluded Liabilities”):

(i) any liability relating to sales or other transactions of the Seller prior to the Closing;

(ii) any liability under any Contract that (A) arises from or relates to any breach by the Seller of its obligations under such Contract that occurred prior to the Closing or (B) arises from or relates to any event, circumstance or condition occurring or existing on or prior to the Closing Date that, with notice or lapse of time, would constitute or result in a breach by the Seller of its obligations under any such Contract;

(iii) subject to Section 19, any Liability under any Contract, if the Seller shall not have obtained, prior to the Closing Date, any Consent required to be obtained from any person with respect to the assignment to the Buyer of any rights or obligations under such Contract;

(iv) any liability for taxes, including, without limitation, (A) any taxes arising as a result of the operation of the Business or the ownership of the Purchased Assets prior to the Closing; and (B) any Taxes of the Seller that will arise as a result of the sale of the Purchased Assets pursuant to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; and

(v) any liability of the Seller with respect to any employee benefit plan or other arrangement established, maintained, sponsored or contributed to by the Seller, including any liability arising under any such employee benefit plan or applicable law, including, without limitation, the WARN Act, as a result of the termination of any Terminated Employee (as defined below).

3. Consideration. The Buyer shall purchase the Purchased Assets from the Seller and the Seller shall sell the Purchased Assets to the Buyer in exchange for the following consideration:

(a)Interest in Buyer. At the direction of the Seller, the Buyer shall deliver to PDI, a stock certificate issued in the name of PDI representing 160,591 shares of the Buyer's common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Buyer Common Stock”), which shall represent one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Buyer Common Stock on the Closing Date (the “Certificate”). Additionally, the Buyer shall deliver to PDI additional shares of Buyer Common Stock in the event that Net Revenues (as hereinafter defined) derived from Programs (as hereinafter defined) in the period from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012 exceed $2,000,000 in accordance with the following schedule. During the period from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012, within forty five (45) days of the close of each calendar month Buyer shall provide the Seller with a statement of all Net Revenues derived from Programs for those clients listed on Schedule 2(b). The additional shares of Buyer Common Stock, if any, shall be provided by the Buyer to PDI by February 15, 2013.

Net Revenue	Equity Compensation
Over $5,000,000	642,365 shares of Buyer Common Stock; or
$4,000,001 - $4,999,000	481,774 shares of Buyer Common Stock; or
$3,000,001 - $3,999,000	321,182 shares of Buyer Common Stock; or
$2,000,000 - $2,999,000	160,591 shares of Buyer Common Stock;

(b)Buyer's Royalty Payments to Seller.

(i) The Buyer will pay to the Seller or PDI (if so directed in writing by the Seller) the following payments:

(A) A royalty based on the Buyer's Gross Profit (as hereinafter defined) with respect to each of the 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 calendar years (each a “Royalty Year”, collectively, the “Royalty Years” and the period commencing on January 1, 2012 and ending on December 31, 2017, the “Term”) that is derived from all peer-to-peerprograms and representative training logistical support programs of the Seller included in the Purchased Assets (the “Programs”) that are entered into by the Buyer with any party listed on Schedule 2(b), in accordance with the following schedule (the “Buyer's Royalty Payments”):

Annual Gross Profit	Buyer's Royalty Payment
$3,360,000 and above	$1,008,000 plus 30% of Gross Profits in excess of $3,360,000; or
$3,000,000 - $3,359,999	$825,000 plus 27.5% of Gross Profit in excess of $3,000,000; or
$2,640,000 - 2,999,999	$660,000 plus 25.0% of Gross Profit in excess of $2,640,000; or
$2,280,000 - $2,639,999	$513,000 plus 22.5% of Gross Profit in excess of $2,280,000; or
$1,920,000 - $2,279,999	$384,000 plus 20% of Gross Profit in excess of $1,920,000; or
$1,560,000 - $1,919,999	$273,000 plus 17.5 of Gross Profit in excess of $1,560,000; or
$960,000 - $1,559,999	$144,000 plus 15.0% of Gross Profit in excess of $960,000; or
$0 - $959,999	10% of Gross Profit

For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Affiliate” shall mean any corporate or non-corporate business entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with a Party to this Agreement. A corporation or non-corporate business entity shall be regarded as in control of another corporation: (i) if it owns or directly or indirectly controls at least forty percent (40%) of the voting stock of the other corporation, or (ii) in the absence of the ownership of at least forty percent (40%) of the voting stock of a corporation or in the case of a non-corporate business entity, if it possesses directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation or non-corporate business entity, as applicable.

(B) A referral fee equal to ten percent (10%) of the first twelve (12) months of Buyer's Net Revenues (as hereinafter defined) derived from Programs brought to the Buyer from the Seller, PDI or an Affiliate of PDI during the Term (the “Buyer's Referral Fee Term”) that are not otherwise accounted for pursuant to clause (A) above (the “Buyer's Referral Fee”); provided, however, that the Seller or PDI shall have the option to extend the Buyer's Referral Fee Term, without additional consideration, for ten (10) successive periods of five (5) years each.

(C) For purposes of this Agreement, “Gross Profit” shall mean Net Revenue less Cost of Sales in a given period. “Net Revenue” shall mean total revenue net of pass through expenses, discounts and returns in a given period and “Cost of Sales” shall mean honoraria, moderator charges, teleconference call costs, printing related to specific projects, other Project related costs, recruiting, and direct mail costs net of pass through expenses.

(ii) The Buyer shall make the Buyer's Royalty Payment and the Buyer's Referral Fee, if any, to the Seller or PDI, as the case may be, with respect to a given Royalty Year (in the case of the Buyer's Royalty Payment or in any given calendar year in the case of the Buyer's Referral Fee) no later than forty five (45) calendar days following the end of such Royalty Year (in the case of the Buyer's Royalty Payment or in any given calendar year in the case of the Buyer's Referral Fee), together with a statement, certified by an officer of the Buyer, that sets forth the calculation and such information as is necessary and appropriate for the Seller or PDI to confirm the calculation of the Buyer Royalty Payment or the Buyer's Referral Fee, if any, for such Royalty Year or calendar year, as the case may be. Seller or PDI shall have thirty (30) days to accept or reject such Buyer Royalty Payment or Buyer's Referral Fee calculation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, within forty-five (45) days of the close of each calendar quarter, Buyer shall provide Seller with a report of all Gross Profits derived from Programs for each of those clients listed on Schedule 2(b).Additionally, upon request of PDI, but in no event more than twice per calendar quarter, Buyer shall cooperate with PDI during the period from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012 to provide PDI with updated information with respect to current programs, proposals and opportunities as defined in Schedule 2(b).

(iii) The Buyer agrees to keep proper records and books of account in accordance with U.S. General Accepted Accounting Principles, showing the Gross Profit and Net Revenue described in Section 3(b)(i) above upon which the Buyer's Royalty Payments

or Buyer's Referral Fee are or is based, and all other information reasonably necessary for the accurate determination of the Buyer's Royalty Payments or Buyer's Referral Fee to be made to the Seller or PDI hereunder.

(iv) Once per calendar year, on ten (10) calendar days' prior written notice, the Seller shall have the right to have an independent certified public accounting firm that has been mutually agreed upon by the Parties (the “Independent Accounting Firm”) inspect the books and records of the Buyer, during regular business hours, for the purpose of verifying the completeness and accuracy of the records relating to Gross Profit and Net Revenue described in Section 3(b)(i)(C) above used in determining the Buyer's Royalty Payments or the Buyer's Referral Fee and any Buyout Payment (as hereinafter defined) made under this Agreement. The expense of any such inspection shall be borne by the Seller and PDI; provided, however, that if the inspection discloses an error in excess of five percent (5%) in respect of any Buyer's Royalty Payment, Buyer's Referral Fee or Buyout Payment due to the Seller or PDI, then the Buyer shall pay the full cost of such inspection. For as long as PDI is a shareholder of Buyer, Buyer shall provide PDI with (i) consolidated financial statements within forty five (45) days of the close of each calendar quarter, and (ii) annual audited (or reviewed if acceptable to Buyer's principal lender) financial statements within one hundred and twenty (120) days of the close of each calendar year.

(c)Assumed Liabilities. On and after the Closing Date, the Buyer shall assume and perform the Assumed Liabilities.

(d)Rent of Seller's Facility. Buyer shall pay to PDI ten thousand dollars ($10,000) as a lease payment for the use of Seller's facility located at 475 Martingale Road, Suite 200, Schaumburg, IL 60173 (“Seller's Facility”) during the month of January, 2012. Should the Buyer require additional use of the Seller's Facility after January 31, 2012, PDI shall lease Seller's Facility to Buyer at a rate of two thousand five hundred dollars ($2,500) per week.

(e)Technology Management and Support.  From the Closing Date until all the Purchased Assets are transferred to Buyer's systems, currently anticipated to be on or before February 03, 2012, the Seller or PDI shall maintain with diligence, at a cost to be shared equally by the Parties all servers and equipment to ensure smooth continuation of operations of such Purchased Assets.  Such servers and equipment shall include the current database server, mail server, web server, all other production systems, websites, development systems, and other needed systems.  Any disruptions should be addressed, within acceptable timelines and communicated to Buyer.  Such diligence and support will also be extended to all the development systems, users, phone systems, printers, etc. that are needed for continuing operations at the Seller's Facility rented by Buyer pursuant to Section 3(d) above.  During this time period between Closing Date and February 3, 2012, Seller shall provide Buyer with unlimited access to such database and reasonably assist Buyer in transferring any of the Purchased Assets from the Seller's systems to the Buyer's systems.  To facilitate such knowledge transfer, Seller will make available appropriate resources and people to the Buyer upon completion of the transfer of content to Buyer's systems until March 31, 2012 and in accordance with Section 15 below.  If the Buyer requests any transfer of any Purchased Assets or knowledge transfer, including any Intellectual Property Assets from Seller's database after March 31, 2012 such transfer will be at Buyer's sole cost and expense.

4. Referral Fees.

(a)The Seller and/or PDI will pay the following referral fees to the Buyer (the “PDI Referral

Fees”):

(i) ten percent (10%) of Net Revenue derived by the Seller, PDI or any Affiliate of PDI for the first twelve (12) months from all e-marketing programs through PDI's Group DCA subsidiary brought to the Seller, PDI or an Affiliate of PDI by the Buyer;

(ii) one percent (1%) of Net Revenue derived by the Seller, PDI or any Affiliate of PDI for the first twelve (12) months of any (A) contract sales organization agreement through PDI and (B) clinical educator program agreements through EngageCE, brought to the Seller, PDI or an Affiliate of PDI by the BuyerNotwithstanding the foregoing, the total PDI Referral Fee amount for any one referral under this Section 9(a)(ii) shall not exceed $150,000; and

(iii) two and one-half percent (2.5%) of Net Revenue derived by the Seller, PDI or any Affiliate of PDI for the first twelve (12) months from all tele-detailing programs through PDI Voice brought to the Seller, PDI or an Affiliate of PDI by the Buyer.

The PDI Referral Fee(s) shall be payable during the Term (the “PDI Referral Fee Term”); provided, however, that the Buyer shall have the option to extend the PDI Referral Fee Term, without additional consideration, for ten (10) successive periods of five (5) years each.

(b)Seller and/or PDI shall make the PDI Referral Fees, if any, to the Buyer with respect to a given calendar year no later than forty five (45) calendar days following the end of such calendar year, together with a statement, certified by an officer of PDI, that sets forth the calculation and such information as is necessary and appropriate for the Buyer to confirm the calculation of the PDI Referral Fees for the calendar year. Buyer shall have thirty (30) days to accept or reject such PDI Referral Fee calculation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, within forty-five (45) days of the close of each calendar quarter, Seller and/or PDI shall Buyer with a report of all Net Revenues derived from the programs and agreements identified in Section 4(a) above.

(c)PDI agrees to keep proper records and books of account in accordance with U.S. General Accepted Accounting Principles, showing the Net Revenue described in Section 4(a) above upon which the PDI Referral Fees are based and all other information reasonably necessary for the accurate determination of the PDI Referral Fees to be made to the Buyer hereunder.

(d)Once per calendar year, on ten (10) calendar days' prior written notice, the Buyer shall have the right to have an Independent Accounting Firm that has been mutually agreed upon by the Parties inspect the books and records of PDI, during regular business hours, for the purpose of verifying the completeness and accuracy of the records relating to Net Revenue described in Section 4(a) above used in determining the PDI Referral Fees required under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Buyer shall not be permitted to inspect any financial or other information of PDI relating to a given fiscal quarter prior to the filing by PDI with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the Form 10-Q or Form 10-K (in the case of the fourth fiscal quarter) applicable to such fiscal quarter. The expense of any such inspection shall be borne by the Buyer; provided, however, that if the inspection discloses an error in excess of five percent (5%) in respect of any PDI Referral Fees due to the Buyer, then PDI shall pay the full cost of such inspection.

5. Loan to Buyer. At the Closing, PDI shall commit to make a loan to the Buyer that will be funded by PDI within seven (7) business day from the Closing, in the principal amount of two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($250,000), which shall be evidenced by a promissory note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Note”).

6. Accounts Receivable. Schedule 1.1(b) shall set forth a complete list of the Accounts Receivable of the Seller as of the date of this Agreement, for services performed by the Seller on or prior to the date of this Agreement under the Contracts, and shall be updated as of the Closing Date to reflect (a) any Accounts Receivable added to the Seller's books subsequent to the date of this Agreement, for services performed by the Seller on or prior to the Closing Date under the Contracts and (b) any Accounts Receivable existing on the Seller's books as of the date of this Agreement and collected in full by the Seller subsequent to such date but prior to the Closing Date. The Seller shall have the right from and after the Closing Date to collect upon the Accounts Receivable when due in the ordinary course of business consistent with the Seller's past practices. The Parties agree that payments collected by the Seller from a customer with an Account Receivable shall first be applied toward such Account Receivable before being applied to any account of such customer on the books of the Buyer that is created subsequent to the Closing Date. The Seller, upon ten (10) days' prior written notice to the Buyer, may engage a collection firm or institute litigation with respect to the collection of any of such Accounts Receivable that were due to Seller as of the Closing, if any, at the Seller's sole cost and expense.

7. Sale of Buyer's Business. In the event that at any time after the Closing Date and prior to January 1, 2018, the Buyer either (i) sells substantially all of its assets or (ii) undergoes a change of control (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) whereby the holders of the shares of the Buyer Common Stock on the date hereof collectively hold less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Buyer Common Stock (each a “Sale Transaction”), the Buyer shall pay to the Seller a buyout payment (the “Buyout Payment”), as follows:

(a)if a Sale Transaction occurs on or after January 1, 2012 but on or before December 31, 2012, an amount equal 2.75 times an amount equal to the Buyer's Royalty Payment which would be payable if such payment were calculated based on the annualized Gross Profit generated from all Programs from the Closing Date to the closing date of the Sale Transaction;

(b)if a Sale Transaction occurs on or after January 1, 2013 but on or before December 31, 2013, an amount equal to 2.75 times an amount equal to the Buyer's Royalty Payment which would be payable if such payment were calculated based on the Gross Profits generated from all Programs in the twelve (12) whole calendar months immediately preceding the closing date of the Sale Transaction;

(c)if a Sale Transaction occurs on or after January 1, 2014 but on or before December 31, 2014, an amount equal to 2.25 times an amount equal to the Buyer's Royalty Payment which would be payable if such payment were calculated based on the Gross Profits generated from all Programs in the twelve (12) whole calendar months immediately preceding the closing date of the Sale Transaction;

(d)if a Sale Transaction occurs on or after January 1, 2015 but on or before December 31, 2015, an amount equal to 1.75 times an amount equal to the Buyer's Royalty Payment which would be payable if such payment were calculated based on the Gross Profits generated from all Programs in the twelve (12) whole calendar months immediately preceding the closing date of the Sale Transaction

(e)if a Sale Transaction occurs on or after January 1, 2016 but on or before December 31, 2016, an amount equal to 1.25 times an amount equal to the Buyer's Royalty Payment which would be payable if such payment were calculated based on the Gross Profits generated from all Programs in the twelve (12) whole calendar months immediately preceding the closing date of the Sale Transaction; or

(f)if a Sale Transaction occurs on or after January 1, 2017 but on or before December 31, 2017, an amount equal to 0.75 times an amount equal to the Buyer's Royalty Payment which would be payable if

such payment were calculated based on the Gross Profits generated from all Programs in the twelve (12) whole calendar months immediately preceding the closing date of the Sale Transaction;

provided, however, that the Buyout Payment shall not be due or owing in the event that a Sale Transaction shall be consummated at a time following the termination and cessation by the Buyer of the Buyer's peer meetings business that is focused on the creation, design, and implementation of promotional peer interactive programming targeted at healthcare professionals via teleconferences, dinner meetings, webcasts, and satellite (“Peer Meetings Business"). The Buyer shall provide the Seller no less than forty-five (45) calendar days' prior written notice of the cessation by the Buyer of the Buyer's Peer Meetings Business. Upon the payment of the Buyout Payment in connection with a Sale Transaction by the Buyer to PDI in accordance with this Section 7 this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

8. Preferred Pricing. The Buyer shall perform services for Seller and PDI not related to its Peer Meetings Business but rather for novel education and training programsat its “best client pricing” rates, but in no event less than a rate of eighty-five percent (85%) of the Buyer's standard rates for such services during the Term or for such longer period as the parties may mutually agree in writing prior to the expiration of the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should PDI or Seller include the Buyer's Peer Meetings Business as part of a PDI (or an Affiliated company) integrated offering, Buyer shall perform the Programs at is “best client pricing” rates rather than in consideration for the PDI Royalty Payment.

9. Representations of the Seller. The Seller represents and warrants to the Buyer as of the date hereof as follows:

(a)Corporate Existence. The Seller is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing in the state of California, with full corporate power and authority to conduct the Business as it is now being conducted, to own, lease or use its properties and assets, and to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement. The Seller is qualified as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions where such qualification is required. The Seller has not taken any action, nor is it aware of any action, that would adversely affect the Seller's status as a validly existing corporation under the laws of the state of California, or that would adversely affect the Seller's qualification as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where so qualified.

(b)Enforceability; Authority. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Seller and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject as to the enforceability thereof to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors' rights generally, and (ii) the discretion that a court may exercise in the granting of equitable remedies such as specific performance and injunction. The Seller has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Seller and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Upon execution and delivery by the Seller of the Bill of Sale (as hereafter defined) and the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (as hereafter defined), each shall constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms subject as to the enforceability thereof to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors' rights generally, and (ii) the discretion that a court may exercise in the granting of equitable remedies such as specific performance and injunction.

(c)Title to Purchased Assets. The Seller has good and marketable title to all of the Purchased Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances, and the Seller will transfer to the Buyer good and marketable title to the Purchased Assets free of all Encumbrances. No licenses, approvals, consents, franchises, authorizations, and other permits of, to, from or with, any governmental body are required in order to conduct the Business as currently conducted.

(d)Conduct of Business. The Seller has complied with, and the Business is in compliance with, all applicable municipal, state and federal laws, rules and regulations. No event has occurred, and no condition or circumstance exists, that would (with or without notice or lapse of time) constitute or result directly or

indirectly in a violation by the Seller of, or a failure on the part of the Seller to comply with, any applicable legal requirement which would materially and adversely affect the Purchased Assets, and the Seller has not received, at any time, any notice or other communication (in writing or otherwise) from any governmental authority or other person regarding any actual, alleged, possible or potential violation of, or failure to comply with, any applicable legal requirement.

(e)Contracts. The Seller has delivered to the Buyer a correct and complete copy of each Contract. Each Contract is valid, binding and enforceable against the Seller, and to the knowledge of the Seller, the other parties thereto in accordance with its terms (subject to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or similar or other laws), in full force and effect on the date hereof and the Seller has not received any notice to the contrary. The Seller has performed all obligations required to be performed by it under, and is not in material default or breach of or in respect of, any Contract and no event has occurred which, with due notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default. The Seller has not received payment under any Contract for any services which have not been performed by the Seller. To the Seller's knowledge, no party to any Contract is renegotiating, or has the right under the terms of any Contract to renegotiate, any amount paid or payable under any Contract or any other material term or provision of any Contract.

(f)No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Seller, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not (or would not with the giving of notice, the lapse of time or the happening of any other event or condition), to the Seller's knowledge: (i) result in the creation of any encumbrance upon the Purchased Assets; (ii) result in a breach or a violation of, or conflict with any of the terms or provisions of the Seller's certificate of incorporation or by-laws; or (iii) give any person or entity the right to prevent, delay or otherwise interfere with the transactions contemplated hereby.

(g)Notices and Consents. The Seller is not required to give any notice to or obtain any consent or approval from any person, entity or governmental authority in connection with the sale of the Purchased Assets to the Buyer, except for the notices, consents and approvals listed on Schedule 9(g).

(h)Absence of Proceedings. There is no pending action, suit or proceeding, and to the Seller's knowledge no person, entity or governmental body has threatened to commence any action, suit or proceeding, that involves the Seller, and which is related to the Business or the Purchased Assets or that challenges, or may have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with, any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Neither the Seller nor the Purchased Assets are subject to any legally binding judgment, order or decree entered in any lawsuit or proceeding relating to the Business or the Purchased Assets or any part thereof.

(i)Intellectual Property Assets. Except as set forth in Section 1(b)(vii), the Intellectual Property Assets contain all of the intellectual property rights necessary for the operation of the Business as currently conducted, other than any immaterial intellectual property rights. To the Seller's knowledge, the Intellectual Property Assets do not and have not interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated or otherwise come into conflict with any intellectual property rights of third parties, and the Seller has not received any charge, complaint, claim, demand or notice alleging any such interference, infringement, misappropriation or violation. To the Seller's knowledge, no person is infringing or otherwise violating the Intellectual Property Assets.

(j)No Untrue Statements. No representation or warranty or other statement made by the Seller in this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make any such statement not misleading.

10. Representations of PDI. PDI represents and warrants to the Buyer as of the date hereof as follows:

(a)Corporate Existence. PDI is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing in the state of Delaware, with full corporate power and authority to conduct its business as it is now being conducted, to own, lease or use its properties and assets, and to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement.

(b)Enforceability; Authority. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by PDI and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of PDI, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject as to the enforceability thereof to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors' rights generally, and (ii) the discretion that a court may exercise in the granting of equitable remedies such as specific performance and injunction. PDI has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by PDI and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Upon execution and delivery by PDI of the Bill of Sale (as hereafter defined) and the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (as hereafter defined), each shall constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of PDI, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms subject as to the enforceability thereof to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors' rights generally, and (ii) the discretion that a court may exercise in the granting of equitable remedies such as specific performance and injunction.

(c)Accredited Investor. PDI is an “accredited investor,” as such term is defined in Regulation D promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), is experienced in investments and business matters and, with its representatives, has such knowledge and experience in financial, tax and other business matters as to enable it to utilize the information made available by the Buyer to evaluate the merits and risks of and to make an informed investment decision with respect to the Buyer Common Stock being issued hereunder. PDI has the authority and is duly and legally qualified to purchase and own the Buyer Common Stock being issued to it hereunder. PDI is able to bear the risk of such investment for an indefinite period and to afford a complete loss thereof.

(d)Restricted Securities. PDI acknowledges that the Buyer Common Stock acquired hereunder has not been registered under the Securities Act, or the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction and cannot be disposed of unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act and any applicable state laws or an exemption from such registration is available and that the Certificate will be legended as such. PDI acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Buyer Common Stock.

(e)No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by PDI and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not (or would not with the giving of notice, the lapse of time or the happening of any other event or condition), to PDI's knowledge: (i) result in the creation of any Encumbrance upon the Purchased Assets; (ii) give any person or entity the right to prevent, delay or otherwise interfere with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or (iii) result in a breach or a violation of, or conflict with any of the terms or provisions of the Buyer's certificate of incorporation or bylaws.

(f)No Consents. PDI is not and will not be required to give notice to or obtain any consent from any person, entity or governmental authority in connection with the sale by the Seller of the Purchased Assets to the Buyer.

(g)Absence of Proceedings. There is no pending action, suit or proceeding, and to PDI's knowledge no person, entity or governmental body has threatened to commence any action, suit or proceeding, involving PDI, the Business or the Purchased Assets or that challenges, or may have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with, any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(h)No Untrue Statements. No representation or warranty or other statement made by PDI in this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make any such statement not misleading.

11. Representations of the Buyer. The Buyer represents and warrants to the Seller and PDI as of the date hereof as follows:

(a)Corporate Existence. The Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing in good standing in the state of Delaware, with full corporate power and authority to conduct its business as it is now being conducted, to own, lease or use its properties and assets, and to perform all of its obligations under

this Agreement.

(b)Enforceability; Authority. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Buyer and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Buyer, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject as to the enforceability thereof to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors' rights generally, and (ii) the discretion that a court may exercise in the granting of equitable remedies such as specific performance and injunction. The Buyer has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Note by the Buyer and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Upon execution and delivery by the Buyer of the Note, the Bill of Sale (as hereafter defined) and the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (as hereafter defined), each shall constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Buyer, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms subject as to the enforceability thereof to (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors' rights generally, and (ii) the discretion that a court may exercise in the granting of equitable remedies such as specific performance and injunction.

(c)No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Note by the Buyer and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not (or would not with the giving of notice, the lapse of time or the happening of any other event or condition), to the Buyer's knowledge, (i) give any person or entity the right to prevent, delay or otherwise interfere with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or (ii) result in a breach or a violation of, or conflict with any of the terms or provisions of the Buyer's certificate of incorporation or bylaws.

(d)Certificate. Upon the issuance by the Buyer of the shares of Buyer Common Stock represented by the Certificate, such shares shall have been duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The issuance by the Buyer of the shares of Buyer Common Stock represented by the Certificate shall not (i) result in a violation of any preemptive or other similar rights of the holders of any securities of the Buyer, (ii) subject the Seller to personal liability by reason of being a holder of such shares or (iii) result in a violation of Section 5 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(e)No Consents. The Buyer is not and will not be required to obtain any consent from any person, entity or governmental authority in connection with the purchase of the Purchased Assets from the Seller.

(f)Absence of Proceedings. There is no pending action, suit or proceeding, and to the Buyer's knowledge no person, entity or governmental body has threatened to commence any action, suit or proceeding, involving the Buyer that challenges, or may have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with, any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Note.

(g)No Untrue Statements. No representation or warranty or other statement made by the Buyer in this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make any such statement not misleading.

12. Referral Fees. For purposes of determining whether any Buyer's Referral Fee or PDI Referral Fees, as the case may be, will be due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Party agrees that it shall provide prompt written notice to the other Party of any opportunity such Party desires to bring to the other Party for purposes of earning a Buyer's Referral Fee or PDI Referral Fees, as the case may be, under this Agreement (an "Opportunity Notice"). Upon delivery of an Opportunity Notice, the Parties agree to work in good faith to evaluate the potential opportunity and unless the target of the potential opportunity is already a client of the other Party, use commercially reasonable efforts to enter into a program, agreement or other arrangement with such target which would result in a Buyer's Referral Fee or PDI Referral Fees, as the case may be, being payable under this Agreement.

13. Payment of Taxes. Each Party shall be responsible for any taxes assessed on such Party of any kind, including federal, state and local sales taxes, if any, arising from or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder and shall be paid by the Party to whom the respective agency has assigned responsibly. Each Party hereby indemnifies the other from and against any liability, loss, expense, interest and penalties in connection therewith.

14. Taxes Associated with Operations Prior to Closing Date. The Seller shall be responsible for the timely filing of all returns to taxing authorities and the payment of all local, state and federal taxes owed in connection with the operation of the Business prior to the Closing Date (“Pre-Closing Taxes”). The Seller hereby waives any requirement that Buyer comply with the applicable provisions of the laws of the states of California or New Jersey regarding bulk transfers and any similar laws regarding the transfer of assets (“Transfer Laws”). The Seller shall indemnify and defend the Buyer from any loss, liability, expense or damage suffered by the Buyer arising from the failure on the part of the Seller to file all tax returns and pay all Pre-Closing Taxes or the Buyer to comply with any Transfer Laws in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to the extent that such failure results in the Buyer becoming liable for any Pre-Closing Taxes or other tax or assessment under the Transfer Laws, all in accordance with the indemnification provisions set forth in Section 20.

15. Employee Matters. The Buyer shall offer employment beginning the first business day after the Closing Date to the employees of the Seller who are set forth on Schedule 15, with the full time employees' compensation being on terms that are substantially similar to such employees' current employment with the Seller. Should such employees not accept employment offered by the Buyer, Seller will be responsible for severance payments to such employees. Furthermore, if within six (6) months after Closing either Eli Lilly and Company or Takeda Pharmaceuticals North America, Inc. do not consent to the assignment of their agreements with Seller to the Buyer or Buyer experiences a significant reduction in business due to market dynamics then, the Buyer shall have the right to downsize those full-time employees listed on Schedule 15, with the Parties sharing the cost of severance payments for those affected employees. In such case, the severance to which an affected employee will be entitled shall be calculated utilizing both the Seller's severance methodology and the Buyer's severance methodology. The Buyer shall pay severance to the affected employee in accordance with its methodology; provided that in the event that the amount of severance due to any affected employee when calculated using the Seller's methodology is more than when calculated using the Buyer's methodology, then PDI will pay the balance of the severance amount as calculated in accordance with the Seller's methodology to the affected employee.

After the Closing, the Seller shall retain Bob Terrell as an employee for a period of thirty (30) days. PDI and Buyer shall share equally in the salary and payroll taxes associated with Mr. Terrell's thirty day employment. In addition, the Seller will provide the Buyer with one IT consultant through February 17, 2012 and one web programmer on a contract basis through March 31, 2012, at the Seller's expense.

16. Closing. The closing of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place no later than December 31, 2011 (the “Closing Date”), at which time (a) the Buyer shall deliver to the Seller and PDI (i) the Note, (ii) the Certificate, (iii) a Bill of Sale in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Bill of Sale”) and (iv) an Assignment and Assumption Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and pursuant to which the Seller shall assign to the Buyer and the Buyer shall assume each of the Contracts (the “Assignment and Assumption Agreement”) and, each executed by a duly authorized representative of the Buyer, and (b) the Seller shall deliver the tangible Purchased Assets to the Buyer, together with (i) the Bill of Sale, and (ii) the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, each executed by a duly authorized representative of the Seller.

17. Conditions to Buyer's Obligations. The obligations of the Buyer under this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions on the Closing Date (any of which may be waived in writing in whole or in part by the Buyer):

(a)All representations and warranties of the Seller contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof, and shall continue to be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date as though such representations and warranties were made on and as of that date.

(b)The Seller shall have performed and complied with all agreements, covenants and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Seller on or prior to the Closing Date.

(c)The Business shall not have been adversely affected in a material manner as a result of any transaction or event occurring between the date hereof and the Closing Date.

(d)The full-time employees of the Seller listed on Schedule 15 shall have agreed to accept employment with the Buyer on substantially similar terms and for substantially similar compensation as their current employment with the Seller.

(e)Evidence satisfactory to the Buyer and its counsel that each employee of the Seller or PDI who will be terminated in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (each a “Terminated Employee”) will enter into a confidentiality, and non-disclosure and non-solicitation agreement that prohibits such Terminated Employee from disclosing or using any Confidential Information of the Business or otherwise competing with the Business.

(f)Evidence satisfactory to the Buyer and its counsel that the Seller has completed the documentation necessary to terminate any “doing business as” filing or any other right to use the names listed on Schedule 17(f), as applicable, with appropriate states and any other applicable governmental authority.

18. Conditions to Seller's Obligations. The obligations of the Seller under this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions on or prior to the Closing Date (any of which may be waived in writing in whole or in part by the Seller):

(a)The Buyer shall have performed and complied with all agreements, covenants and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Buyer on or prior to the Closing Date.

(b)All representations and warranties of the Buyer contained in this Agreement, shall be true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof, and shall continue to be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date as though such representations and warranties were made as on and as of that date.

19. Assignment of Contracts. The Seller shall use its reasonable efforts to provide any required notice to any third party and obtain any third party consent, authorization or waiver which is required to effect the valid assignment of the Contracts to the Buyer, including those listed on Schedule 9(f). In the event that prior notice to or consent or authorization from a third party is required to effect the assignment of a Contract, and such notice is not given or such consent or authorization is not obtained prior to the Closing, the Seller shall give any necessary notices to any third party and shall use its best efforts in consultation with the Buyer to obtain any required third party consent or authorization subsequent to the Closing. The Buyer shall, if requested by the Seller, take such steps reasonably requested by the Seller to assist in obtaining the required consents and authorizations. To the extent that any Contract to be assigned to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement is not capable of being assigned without the consent, approval or waiver of a third person or entity, this Agreement shall not constitute a sale, assignment, transfer, or setover or an attempted sale, assignment, transfer or setover thereof. In those cases where a required consent to the transfer and assignment to Buyer of any particular Contract has not been obtained prior to the Closing Date, then subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Seller and PDI, as applicable, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Buyer with the benefits and burdens of such Contract (including, without limitation, permitting the Buyer to enforce any rights of the Seller or PDI, as applicable, arising under such Contract and agreeing to pay over to Buyer any amounts received by the Seller on account of services provided by Buyer), and the Buyer shall, to the extent the Buyer is provided with the benefits of such Contract, perform and in due course pay and discharge all debts, obligations and liabilities of the Seller or PDI, as applicable, under such Contract, and where necessary or appropriate, the Buyer shall be deemed to be the agent of the Seller or PDI, as applicable, for the purpose of completing, fulfilling and discharging all of the Seller or PDI's rights and liabilities arising after the Closing Date under such Contract.

20. Confidentiality. Each party acknowledges and agrees that it will have access to, or become acquainted with, Confidential Information of the other party in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean any confidential or proprietary information of the disclosing party or any Affiliate thereof, including but not limited to, information which relates to the program, pricing, marketing strategy, designs, methods, discoveries,

improvements, documents, trade secrets, proprietary rights, business affairs, customer information or employee information, and shall not directly or indirectly at any time divulge or disclose for any purpose to any persons, firms, corporations or other entities (collectively, “Third Parties”), or use or cause or authorize any Third Parties to use, any such Confidential Information, except as may be permitted by applicable law, or as may be required by court order, in which case the receiving party shall promptly notify the disclosing party of such order for the purpose of affording the disclosing party an opportunity to seek a protective order. Confidential Information does not include information that, at the time of disclosure, (a) was known to the receiving party prior to the date of this Agreement, without an obligation to keep it confidential; (b) was lawfully obtained by the receiving party from a third party without any obligation of confidentiality; (c) is, at the time of disclosure, in the public knowledge; (d) becomes part of the public knowledge after disclosure by publication or otherwise except by breach of this Agreement; or (e) is developed by the receiving party independently and apart from this Agreement.

The receiving party shall keep all Confidential Information in confidence and shall not, at any time during or for a period of three (3) years from the termination of this Agreement, without the disclosing party's prior written consent, disclose or otherwise make available, directly or indirectly, any item of Confidential Information to any Third Party other than its employees and Affiliates and their respective legal counsel, advisors and consultants who need to know the same in connection with fulfilling the purposes of this Agreement. The receiving party shall use the Confidential Information only in connection with fulfilling the purposes of this Agreement and for no other purpose. Each party shall inform its employees of the proprietary and confidential nature of the Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the receiving party's obligations under this Section shall not apply with respect to any Confidential Information that is required to be disclosed by the receiving party to comply with applicable laws or regulations, or with the order of a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction, provided that: (i) the disclosing party receives prior written notice of such disclosure, (ii) the receiving party affords the disclosing party a reasonable opportunity, at the disclosing party's sole cost and expense, to obtain confidential treatment for such disclosure and, if possible, to minimize the extent of such disclosure, and (iii) the receiving party makes only the most limited disclosure reasonably required to be made in order to comply with such law, regulation or order.

21. Indemnification by the Seller and PDI.The Seller and PDI, jointly and severally, hereby agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Buyer and its shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any and all losses, obligations, demands, assessments, penalties, liabilities, costs, damages, taxes, attorney's fees and expenses relating to any claims against, or claims of any interest in, or of a Encumbrance or the like upon any or all of the Purchased Assets which exist on the Closing Date or arise out of (a) to the ownership of the Purchased Assets by the Seller, the operation of the Business by the Seller and any transactions entered into by the Seller prior to, or a state of facts existing prior to, the Closing Date, (b) any of the Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities, (c) any breach of any representation or warranty made by the Seller or PDI in this Agreement and (d) any breach of any covenant or obligation of the Seller in this Agreement.

22. Indemnification by the Buyer.The Buyer hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Seller and PDI and their respective shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents from and against all losses, claims, obligations, demands, assessments, penalties, liabilities, costs, damages, taxes, attorney's fees and expenses asserted against or incurred by the Seller with respect (a) to the operation of the Business by the Buyer and transactions entered into by the Buyer with respect thereto after the Closing Date, (b) the Assumed Liabilities, (c) any breach of any representation or warranty made by the Buyer in this Agreement and (d) any breach of any covenant or obligation of the Buyer in this Agreement or the Note.

23. Defense of Claims.Within ten (10) business days of receipt by a Party of any claim asserted by any third party, or any action commenced by any third party involving any claim, liability or obligation within the scope of any of the indemnifications required to be provided pursuant to Section 21 or Section 22 hereof by one of the Parties to this Agreement, the Party receiving such claim shall give written notice thereof to

the other Party, and the Party required to make indemnification hereunder (the “Indemnitor”) shall defend or otherwise protect such claim at its own cost and expense and with counsel of its own choice, and shall pay any judgments rendered; provided, however, that the other Party (the “Indemnitee”) may participate in the defense with counsel of its own choice, the fees and expenses of which counsel shall be paid by the Indemnitee unless (a) the Indemnitor has agreed to pay such fees and expenses, (b) the Indemnitor has failed to assume the defense of such action, or (c) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnitee and Indemnitor and either the Indemnitor or the Indemnitee has been advised by counsel in writing that there will be one or more legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to the other Party (in which case, if the Indemnitee informs the Indemnitor in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Indemnitor, the Indemnitor shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of the Indemnitee, it being understood, however, that the Indemnitor shall not, in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one firm of attorneys at any time for the Indemnitee, which firm shall be designated in writing by the Indemnitee).

In the event that the Indemnitor shall fail to notify the Indemnitee that the Indemnitor will defend any such suit, proceeding, claim or demand, within ten (10) calendar days after the notice thereof has been given to it, the Indemnitee shall have the right to defend the same and to obtain payment from the Indemnitor for its reasonable costs and expenses (including attorney's fees) in connection therewith, and for any judgments recovered against it or settlements made by the Indemnitee; provided that, the Indemnitor shall have no indemnification obligations with respect to any suit, proceeding, claim or demand that is settled by the Indemnitee without the prior written consent of the Indemnitor (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

24. Attorney's Fees and Expenses.The Buyer on the one hand and the Seller and PDI on the other hand hereby agree that each shall pay its own legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

25. No Waiver. No delay or omission on the part of either Party in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right of such Party, nor shall any delay, omission or waiver on any one occasion be deemed a bar to or waiver of the same or any other right on any future occasion.

26. Notices.Any notices, requests, demands, and other communications required to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either (a) personally delivered, (b) sent by U.S. certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (c) sent by Federal Express or other reputable common carrier guaranteeing next business day delivery, to the respective addresses of the Buyer, the Seller or PDI set forth below, or to such other place as either the Buyer or the Seller may by notice given as provided herein designate for receipt of notices hereunder. Any such notice shall be deemed delivered when so delivered personally or sent by facsimile transmission or, if mailed, two (2) days after the date of deposit in the United States mail, or if sent by overnight courier, the next business day following the date the notice is sent.

If to the Buyer:Informed Medical Communications

379 Thornall Street

Edison, NJ 08837

Attn:Steven K. Budd

Chief Executive Officer

With a Copy ofBrian T. Moore, Esquire

legal notices to:Nelson Mullins Riley & Scarborough LLP

One Post Office Square, 30^th Floor

Boston, MA 02109

If to the Seller or PDI:PDI, Inc.

Morris Corporate Center 1, Bldg. A

300 Interpace Parkway

Parsippany, New Jersey 07054

Attn: Rhonda DeStefano,

Vice President, Associate General Counsel

27. Assignment; Binding Effect.No Party shall be permitted to assign any of such Party's rights, duties or obligations under this Agreement or any of the documents referenced in this Agreement to which it is a party without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided, however, that (i) the Seller shall be permitted to assign this Agreement after the Closing Date to PDI or to any Affiliate of the Seller or PDI without the prior consent of the Buyer and (ii) the Buyer shall be permitted to assign this Agreement after the Closing Date in connection with the consummation of any Sale Transaction without the prior consent of the Buyer. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

28. Amendment.Noamendment, modification or addition to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by all of the Parties.

29. Governing Law.This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance, or otherwise, by the laws of the state of New Jersey without regard to conflict of law principles.

30. Effect of Headings.The section headings used in this Agreement are solely for convenience and shall neither affect, nor be used in connection with, the interpretation of this Agreement.

31. Severability.It is mutually understood and agreed that all of the terms, covenants, provisions, and agreements contained herein are severable and that, in the event any of them shall be found invalid, then this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such invalid term, covenant, provision, or agreement were not contained herein.

32. Counterparts.This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

33. Further Assurances.Each Party shall cooperate with and take such additional actions and execute and deliver such additional documents as may be reasonably requested by the other Party in order to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement from and after the Effective Date.

34. No Brokers, Finders, Etc.Each of the Parties to this Agreement represents that no person is entitled to any brokerage commission, finder's fee or any other like payment in connection with any transaction contemplated by this Agreement by reason of the action of any Party to this Agreement.

35. Entire Agreement.This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto) contains the entire agreement of the Parties, and no representations, inducements, promises or agreements, oral or otherwise, not embodied herein shall be of any force or effect. This Agreement shall supersede, replace and cancel all prior agreements entered into between the Buyer, the Seller and PDI relating to the sale of the Purchased Assets, and any such prior agreements shall be considered void and of no force and effect.

36. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and abandoned at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) by mutual written agreement of the Seller, the Buyer and PDI; (ii) by either the Buyer or the Seller upon written notice given to the other Parties after entry of a restraining order or injunction restraining or prohibiting the sale or purchase of the Purchased Assets unless a Party has been successful in removing such injunction or restraining order prior to the Closing Date; or (iii) (a) by the Buyer if the conditions set forth in Section 17 have not been satisfied or waived by the Buyer on or before January 6, 2012 and the Buyer gives notice to the Seller of such termination; or (b) by the Seller if the conditions set forth in Section 18 have not been satisfied or waived by the Seller on or before January 6, 2012 and the Seller gives the Buyer

notice of such termination. Upon such termination there shall be no liability on the part of any Party to the other Parties except that any Party shall be entitled to recover damages if any such termination is caused by the failure of any or the conditions contained in Section 17 or Section 18 and such failure is caused by a misrepresentation or breach of covenant of another Party.

37. Public Announcements. Any public announcements or similar publicity with respect to this Agreement or the transaction contemplated herein shall be at such time and in such manner as the Parties shall mutually agree in writing, provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Party from, upon notice to and opportunity to review by the other, making such public announcements as such Party's legal obligations may require.

38. CONDITION OF PURCHASED ASSETS.ALL OF THE PURCHASED ASSETS ARE BEING PURCHASED BY THE BUYER IN THEIR CONDITION ON THE CLOSING DATE “AS IS,” WITH NO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND THE SELLER DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE PURCHASED ASSETS EXCEPT THOSE SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

INSERVE SUPPORTSOLUTIONS

By:    /s/ Jeffrey Smith

Name:Jeffrey E. Smith

Title:Chief Financial Officer

PDI, INC.

By:/s/ Jeffrey Smith

Name:Jeffrey E. Smith

Title:Chief Financial Officer

INFORMED MEDICAL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:/s/ Steven Budd

Name:Steven K. Budd

Title:Chief Executive Officer

EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

1. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-61231) pertaining to the 1998 stock option plan of PDI, Inc.,

2. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-60512) pertaining to the 2000 Omnibus Incentive Plan of PDI, Inc.,

3. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-123312) pertaining to the amended and restated 2004 Stock Award and Incentive Plan of PDI, Inc.;

4. Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-177969) pertaining to the amended and restated 2004 Stock Award and Incentive Plan; and

5. Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-174348) pertaining to the registration of common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, warrants and units

of our report dated March 9, 2012, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of PDI, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

MetroPark, New Jersey

March 9, 2012

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Nancy S. Lurker, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 of PDI, Inc. (the “registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	March 9, 2012	/s/ Nancy S. Lurker
		Chief Executive Officer
		(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Jeffrey E. Smith, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 of PDI, Inc. (the “registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	March 9, 2012	/s/ Jeffrey E. Smith
		Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of PDI, Inc. (the “Company”) on form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Nancy S. Lurker, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:	March 9, 2012	/s/ Nancy S. Lurker
		Chief Executive Officer
		(Principal Executive Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of PDI, Inc. (the “Company”) on form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Nancy S. Lurker, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date:	March 9, 2012	/s/ Jeffrey E. Smith
		Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions Disclosure [Text Block]

19.  Related Party Transactions

John P. Dugan

The Company entered into a consulting agreement (the “Agreement”) with its founder and former Chairman of the Board, John P. Dugan. Mr. Dugan, who retired from the Board effective June 3, 2010, is the Company’s largest stockholder beneficially owning approximately 33% of the outstanding common stock of PDI as of December 31, 2011.

The Agreement was executed on August 2, 2010 with an effective date of July 1, 2010, and shall continue for a period of thirty-six months.  Pursuant to the Agreement, Mr. Dugan will provide consulting services to PDI including, but not limited to, corporate strategy, communications and other general advice (the “Services”) upon request of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or the Board for a consulting fee of $12,500 per month over the term of the Agreement.   The Agreement is terminable by the Company upon thirty days prior written notice to Mr. Dugan, and terminable by Mr. Dugan upon ten days prior written notice to the Company. The Agreement also contains certain confidentiality clauses as well as a non-compete clause that continues for a period of two years after the termination of the Agreement. Mr. Dugan was paid $150,000 and $75,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, in his role as a consultant.

iLights

In connection with the November 3, 2010 acquisition of Group DCA, the Company assumed a relationship between the founding principals of Group DCA and iLights, a provider of manufacturer-sponsored online healthcare publishing to pharmaceutical companies. Two of the four founding members of iLights, who were also the principals of Group DCA, who were also members of PDI’s executive committee, own 50% of the interest in iLights.  Group DCA provides content development services to iLights. Transactions between Group DCA and iLights totaled $70,000 in 2011. The company terminated this relationship as of December 31, 2011.

XML

Acquisition

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Acquisition [Abstract]

Business Acquisition, Integration, Restructuring and Other Related Costs [Text Block]

3. Acquisition

On November 3, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of the membership interest in Group DCA, a privately held interactive digital communications company serving the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare industries. The primary reason for the acquisition of Group DCA was to leverage the strength of its Internet, multimedia, tablet PC, dimensional direct mail and proprietary software, DIAGRAM^™, in the delivery of non-personal selling solutions that accommodate the schedules of healthcare providers. Group DCA’s proprietary software also yields meaningful response data that allows clients the opportunity to better understand the needs and opinions of their audiences and, in turn, the opportunity to market to their audiences more effectively. With the combination of PDI’s traditional outsourced personal promotional services and Group DCA’s e-detailing, patient education communications and other digital communications, the Company expects to be better positioned to offer customers increased insight and greater engagement, which should result in integrated information and more impactful messages being delivered to health care providers across multiple communication channels.

The acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase, subject to the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification 805-10-50 (ASC 805-10-50), and has been treated as an asset acquisition for tax purposes.  The Company paid cash (net) of approximately $23.9 million, of which $1.3 million was placed in escrow. As of December 31, 2011, $1.3 million was still held in escrow and is scheduled to be paid 18 months from the date of acquisition. Prior to being amended, the purchase agreement also provided for the former members of Group DCA to earn up to an additional $30 million from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2012 (contingent earn-out fee or contingent consideration).  These earn-outs were based on Group DCA’s achievement of revenue and gross profit metrics and ranged up to: $5.0 million in the period ended December 31, 2010; and $12.5 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.  Up to $2.5 million of the $12.5 million in each of the years ending December 31, 2011 and 2012 was related to certain integration activities. The metrics for payments related to the period ended December 31, 2010 were not achieved.

In connection with the transaction, the Company has recorded $18.9 million in goodwill, all of which is deductible for tax purposes, and $8.4 million in other identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2010. The identified finite-lived intangible assets, the healthcare provider database and technology, have a weighted average amortization period of 7.4 years. The tradename, which has an indefinite useful life, is not amortized.  See Note 7, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, for additional information. The Company also recorded $4.0 million, the estimated fair value of deferred revenue, using a cost build-up approach. The cost build-up approach determines fair value by estimating the costs relating to fulfilling the obligations plus a normal profit margin of a market participant, less an estimated selling effort.

The Company determined the acquisition date fair value of the contingent consideration of $1.6 million based on a probability-weighted income approach derived from revenue estimates and a probability assessment with respect to the likelihood of achieving the various earn-out criteria. The fair value measurement was based on significant subjective assumptions and inputs not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement. In November 2011, the Company entered into an amendment to the purchase agreement to buyout the contingent earn-out fee for $3.4 million. The buyout of the contingent earn-out fee will be paid as follows: $1.5 million no later than April 2, 2012; and $1.9 million no later than December 2, 2012. In connection with the signing of the amendment to the purchase agreement, the Company wrote-off the $1.6 million of contingent consideration recorded as part of the acquisition through the statement of operations. See Note 4, Fair Value Measurements, for further information. In addition, the Company recorded an indemnification asset and assumed a liability of approximately $0.9 million related to an ongoing sales tax assessment related to transactions that occurred prior to the acquisition date.

The Company incurred approximately $1.7 million in costs directly related to the acquisition of Group DCA within other selling, general and administrative expenses on the statement of operations during the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company realized approximately $0.7 million of revenue and an operating loss of approximately $2.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 related to Group DCA.

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 assume that the Company had acquired 100% of the membership interests in Group DCA as of the beginning of the period presented.  The pro forma results include estimates and assumptions which management believes are reasonable.  However, pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the results that would have occurred if the acquisition had been consummated as of the dates indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of future operating results.

	(unaudited) Year ended December 31,
	2010
Revenue	$	146,156
Net loss	$	(14,110	)
Loss per share	$	(0.99	)

The major classes of assets and liabilities of Group DCA that have been included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet on the date of acquisition are as follows:

Current assets	$	3,963
Goodwill	18,808
Intangibles	8,363
Other non-current assets	1,023
Total assets	$	32,157
Unearned revenue	$	3,999
Other current liabilities	2,245
Contingent earn-out	1,557
Total liabilities	$	7,801

Any subsequent changes to the final purchase price allocation above will be adjusted in the statement of operations accordingly.

XML

Recent Accounting Standards

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Recent Accounting Standards [Abstract]

Significant Accounting Policies [Text Block]

2. Recent Accounting Standards

Forward Looking Accounting Standards Updates

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-05 (ASU 2011-05), "Presentation of Comprehensive Income," which requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of equity. ASU 2011-05 will be effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company does not believe that the adoption of ASU 2011-05 will have a material effect on its operating results or financial position.

In September 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-08 (ASU 2011-08), "Testing Goodwill for Impairment." ASU 2011-08 updates guidance on the periodic testing of goodwill for impairment. This updated guidance will allow companies to assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that goodwill will be impaired and whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test required under current accounting standards. This new guidance is effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe that the adoption of ASU 2011-08 will have a material effect on its operating results or financial position.

In December 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-11 (ASU 2011-11), “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” ASU 2011-11 enhances disclosures regarding financial instruments and derivative instruments. Entities are required to provide both net information and gross information for these assets and liabilities in order to enhance comparability between those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of U.S. GAAP and those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of IFRS. This new guidance is to be applied retrospectively. The Company does not believe that the adoption of ASU 2011-11 will have a material effect on its operating results or financial position.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards Updates

In October 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2009-13 (ASU 2009-13), “Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements-a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force.” ASU 2009-13 updates the existing multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements guidance included under Accounting Standards Codification 605-25. The revised guidance:

• eliminates the need for objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered element in order for a delivered item to be treated as a separate unit of accounting;

• eliminates the residual value method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method, which allocates any discount in the arrangement proportionally to each deliverable on the basis of each deliverable's selling price;

• establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on:

◦ vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) if available;

◦ third party evidence (TPE) if VSOE is not available; or

◦ an estimated selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available;

• requires that a vendor determine its best estimate of selling price in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a stand-alone basis; and

• expands the disclosure requirements for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements.

The Company frequently provides promotional services under multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements (Arrangements) through its Group DCA and Interpace BioPharma business units. The significant deliverables in these Arrangements generally include:

• for Group DCA:

◦ the content development phase (Development) of an interactive digital program; and

◦ the hosting period (Delivery) of an interactive digital program, which could include various services, but is primarily comprised of (1) the design and delivery of recruitment activities to generate participation in a program and (2) the online hosting, program management and progress reporting services; and

• for Interpace BioPharma:

◦ full supply chain management, operations, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management services; and

◦ a dedicated sales team providing product detailing services.

ASU 2009-13 became effective for, and was adopted by, the Company beginning January 1, 2011 on a prospective basis. The adoption of ASU 2009-13 as of January 1, 2011 impacted the revenue recognition policies of the Group DCA and Interpace BioPharma business units as follows:

Prior to the Adoption of ASU 2009-13

Prior to its adoption of ASU 2009-13, the Company separated the deliverables in its Arrangements into separate units of accounting, as required by the applicable revenue recognition accounting guidance in effect at the time, if (a) the delivered item(s) had value to the customer on a standalone basis, (b) there was objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered item(s), and (c) if an arrangement included a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) was considered probable and substantially in the control of the Company. The application of this guidance resulted in the following accounting treatment at Group DCA:

The Company acquired Group DCA on November 3, 2010. Historically, Development and Delivery services provided by Group DCA did not qualify as separate units of accounting under the accounting guidance in effect at the time due to the lack of objective and reliable evidence, either from VSOE or TPE, of the fair value of the Delivery unit of accounting, which was the undelivered item in the Arrangements. As a result, the Company grouped the deliverables under these Arrangements into one unit of accounting and deferred all revenue related to the programs until it had achieved the recognition criteria applicable to the combined single unit of accounting. Generally, all revenue recognition criteria were met and revenue recognition commenced at the inception of a program's hosting period, and revenue was recognized ratably over the period.

For further information on the Company's revenue recognition policy refer to "Revenue & Cost of Services" in Footnote 1, Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies.

Impact of the Adoption of ASU 2009-13

Group DCA

Under the guidance in ASU 2009-13, Group DCA is now required to estimate the selling price of a deliverable if it has standalone value to the customer and both VSOE and TPE of the selling price are not available. As a result, the deliverables in Group DCA Arrangements have been determined to be separate units of accounting and consideration is allocated based on relative selling prices. Selling prices are estimated for most deliverables through an analysis of historical selling price as well as estimated internal labor hours and an average billing rate based on employee costs. Revenue is recognized for each unit of accounting depending upon the characteristics of their underlying deliverables. For Development, revenue is recognized as the service is being provided to the customer. Revenue allocated to Delivery is recognized ratably over the hosting period. The adoption of the new guidance did not materially impact Group DCA revenue recognition during the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interpace BioPharma

Under the guidance in ASU 2009-13, the Company has determined that there are two units of accounting within its Interpace BioPharma Arrangements: the Dedicated Sales Team providing product detailing services; and the Commercial Operations providing full supply chain management, operations, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management services. Due to the significant level of customization, selling prices are determined for the Dedicated Sales Team through internal development of a program budget consistent with the manner of deriving selling prices that the Company employs in its Sales Services segment. Selling prices for Commercial Operations are determined by estimating the expenditures required to perform the services, plus the addition of a reasonable profit margin consistent with the expected profit margin to be generated by the Dedicated Sales Team. Revenue is recognized for Dedicated Sales Team on a straight-line basis over the product detailing service period which begins upon deployment of the sales force. Revenue is recognized for Commercial Operations as services are provided over the term of the service period. As the formation of Interpace BioPharma occurred during the year ended December 31, 2011, the new guidance did not have a comparative impact.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 64,337	$ 62,711
Short-term investments	127	147
Accounts receivable, net	9,633	11,057
Unbilled costs and accrued profits on contracts in progress	2,593	3,363
Other current assets	3,670	3,374
Total current assets	80,360	80,652
Property and equipment, net	2,484	3,947
Goodwill	18,908	23,976
Other intangible assets, net	7,309	10,393
Other long-term assets	4,318	5,421
Total assets	113,379	124,389
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	4,139	3,266
Unearned contract revenue	15,882	13,417
Accrued salary and bonus	8,283	10,664
Other accrued expenses	17,774	15,981
Total current liabilities	46,078	43,328
Long-term liabilities	7,778	11,548
Total liabilities	53,856	54,876
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding	0	0
Common Stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 15,820,373 and 15,463,995 shares issued, respectively; 14,744,924 and 14,390,788 shares outstanding, respectively	158	155
Additional paid-in capital	126,720	124,787
Accumulated deficit	(53,731)	(41,817)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	12	8
Treasury stock, at cost (1,075,449 and 1,073,207 shares, respectively)	(13,636)	(13,620)
Total stockholders' equity	59,523	69,513
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 113,379	$ 124,389

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
Net loss	$ (11,914)	$ (6,814)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
Depreciation and amortization	3,046	1,829
Realignment accrual accretion	161	147
Deferred income taxes, net	0	5
Provision for bad debt, net	58	30
Reversal of contingent consideration accrual	(1,557)	0
Non-cash loss on sale of Pharmakon	6,868	0
Stock-based compensation	1,936	1,494
Non-cash facilities realignment	0	575
Other losses and expenses, net	0	16
Other changes in assets and liabilities:
Decrease in accounts receivable	1,397	2,095
Decrease in unbilled costs	770	711
Decrease in income tax receivable	0	3,298
(Increase) decrease in other current assets	(1,797)	327
Decrease in other long-term assets	2,617	0
Increase in accounts payable	873	522
Increase in unearned contract revenue	2,465	2,625
(Decrease) increase in accrued salaries and bonus	(2,381)	4,512
Increase in accrued liabilities	1,817	5,142
Decrease in long-term liabilities	(2,374)	(162)
Net cash provided by operating activities	1,985	16,352
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash acquired	0	(23,912)
Purchase of property and equipment	(343)	(2,130)
Net cash used in investing activities	(343)	(26,042)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
Cash paid for repurchase of restricted shares	(16)	(62)
Payments for Repurchase of Common Stock	(16)	(62)
Net cash used in financing activities	(16)	(62)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	1,626	(9,752)
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning	62,711	72,463
Cash and cash equivalents – ending	64,337	62,711
Cash paid for taxes	37	86
Retained Earnings [Member]
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
Net loss	$ (11,914)	$ (6,814)

XML

Historical Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Historical Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share [Text Block]

16. Historical Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share

A reconciliation of the number of shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011	2010
Basic weighted average number of common shares	14,440	14,306
Potential dilutive effect of stock-based awards	—	—
Diluted weighted average number
of common shares	14,440	14,306

The following outstanding stock-based awards were excluded from the computation of the effect of dilutive securities on loss per share for the following periods as they would have been anti-dilutive:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011	2010
Options	102,545	176,670
Stock-settled stock appreciation rights (SARs)	356,378	455,596
Restricted stock and restricted stock units (RSUs)	606,138	469,449
Performance contingent SARs	280,000	305,000
	1,345,061	1,406,715

XML

Discontinued Operations

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS [Abstract]

Disposal Groups, Including Discontinued Operations, Disclosure [Text Block]

18. Discontinued Operations

On December 29, 2011 the Company entered into an agreement to sell certain assets of our Pharmakon business unit to Informed Medical Communications, Inc. (“Informed”) in exchange for potential future royalty payments and an ownership interest in Informed. The decision to take this action resulted from an extensive evaluation of the Pharmakon business in the context of the Company’s strategy, which is to focus on outsourced promotional services targeted to healthcare providers, as well as provide other promotional services, including clinical educator services, digital communications, teledetailing and full-service product commercialization solutions. The Company believes that this transaction will allow it to focus on the core businesses mentioned above while having the ability to offer stronger peer to peer services, and a broader commercial offering, including sales and leadership training, through integrated offers with Informed. In consideration for the Pharmakon assets, the Company received of royalty stream with a fair value of $0.4 million and a 1% ownership interest in Informed valued at $0.1 million. The royalty is earned annually through 2016 and not considered to be a direct cash flow to the Company since they are not significant. Net of the aforementioned consideration, the Company recorded a charge of approximately $7.5 million. The consolidated statement of operations reflects the presentation of Pharmakon as a discontinued operation in all periods presented.

On July 19, 2010, the Board approved closing the TVG business unit. The Company notified employees and issued a press release announcing this decision on July 20, 2010. The decision to take this action resulted from an extensive evaluation of the TVG business in the context of the Company’s strategy, which is to focus on outsourced promotional services targeted to healthcare providers, as well as TVG’s consistently declining revenues over recent years and the shrinking market in which TVG operated. The Company completed the closure of the TVG operations during the quarter ended September 30, 2010, including the completion of all active customer contracts. The consolidated statement of operations reflects the presentation of TVG as a discontinued operation in all periods presented.

A summary of the exit and disposal costs recognized within Loss from Discontinued Operations in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Non-cash charges
Asset impairments (1)	$	6,913		$	575
Cash charges
Lease-related charges	392			327
Severance charges	1,120			879
Other charges	(12		)	6
Total charges	$	8,413		$	1,787

(1) Asset impairments for the year ended December 31, 2011 represent the write-off of Pharmakon's goodwill and other intangible assets. Asset impairments for the year ended December 31, 2010 represent the write-off of unamortized leasehold improvements and furniture.

A rollforward of the liabilities recognized in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 is as follows:

Accrued liability as of January 1, 2010	$	—
Add: Costs incurred, excluding non-cash charges	1,462
Less: Cash payments	(1,446		)
Accrued liability as of December 31, 2010 (1)	$	16
Add: Costs incurred, excluding non-cash charges	1,120
Less: Cash payments	(16		)
Accrued liability as of December 31, 2011 (2)	$	1,120

(1) Accrued liability at December 31, 2010 consists of TVG employee related costs.

(2) Accrued liability at December 31, 2011 consists of Pharmakon employee severance costs.

The table below presents the significant components of Pharmakon's and TVG’s results included in Loss from Discontinued Operations in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010
Revenue, net	$	5,880		$	13,284
Loss from discontinued operations, before income tax	(8,374		)	387
Income tax expense	(237		)	26
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax	$	(8,137	)	$	361

The major classes of assets and liabilities included in the consolidated balance sheets for Pharmakon and TVG as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 are as follows:

	December 31,
	2011		2010
Current assets	$	1,013	$	7,841
Non-current assets	625		7,590
Total assets	$	1,638	$	15,431
Current liabilities	$	1,865	$	1,300
Non-current liabilities	1,526		1,560
Total liabilities	$	3,391	$	2,860

XML

Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

1. Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Business Description and Basis of Presentation [Text Block]

1. Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business

PDI, Inc., together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries (PDI or the Company), is a leading provider of integrated multichannel outsourced promotional services to established and emerging pharmaceutical, biotechnology and healthcare companies in the United States. PDI is a leading provider of outsourced sales teams that target healthcare providers, offering a range of complementary sales support services designed to achieve our customers' strategic and financial product objectives. In addition to outsourced sales teams in the United States, PDI also provides other promotional services, including clinical educator services, digital communications, teledetailing and with the formation of our new business unit during the second quarter of 2011, Interpace BioPharma, PDI provides pharmaceutical, biotechnology, medical device and diagnostics clients with full-service product commercialization solutions. These services include distribution, full supply chain management, operations, sales, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management. Combined, PDI's services offer customers a range of both personal and non-personal promotional options for the commercialization of their products throughout the product lifecycle, from development through maturity. PDI provides innovative and flexible service offerings designed to drive customers' businesses forward and successfully respond to a continually changing market. The Company's services provide a vital link between its customers and the medical community through the communication of product information to physicians and other healthcare professionals for use in the care of their patients. The Company provides these services through three reporting segments: Sales Services; Marketing Services; and Product Commercialization Services (PC Services).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PDI, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries: Group DCA, LLC (Group DCA); ProtoCall, Inc.; PDI Investment Company, Inc., Interpace BioPharma; and presented as discontinued operations, InServe Support Solutions (Pharmakon) and TVG, Inc. (TVG).  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Accounting Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Management's estimates are based on historical experience, facts and circumstances available at the time, and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.  Significant estimates include incentives earned or penalties incurred on contracts, best estimate of selling price in multiple element arrangements, valuation allowances related to deferred income taxes, self-insurance loss accruals, allowances for doubtful accounts and notes, income tax accruals, acquisition accounting, asset impairments and facilities realignment accruals.  The Company periodically reviews these matters and reflects changes in estimates as appropriate.  Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include unrestricted cash accounts, money market investments and highly liquid investment instruments with original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase.

Receivables and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest.  Management reviews a customer’s credit history before extending credit.  The Company records a provision for estimated losses based upon the inability of its customers to make required payments using historical experience and periodically adjusts these provisions to reflect actual experience.  Additionally, the Company will establish a specific allowance for doubtful accounts when it becomes aware of a specific customer’s inability or unwillingness to meet its financial obligations (e.g., bankruptcy filing).  There was no allowance for doubtful accounts for trade accounts receivables as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Unbilled Costs and Accrued Profits

In general, contractual provisions, including predetermined payment schedules or submission of appropriate billing detail, establish the prerequisites for billings.  Unbilled costs and accrued profits arise when services have been rendered and payment is assured but customers have not been billed.  These amounts are classified as a current asset.

Unearned Contract Revenue

Normally, in the case of detailing and e-detailing contracts, the customers agree to pay the Company a portion of the fee due under a contract in advance of performance of services because of large recruiting and employee development costs associated with the initial phase of a contract performance and effort required in the development of interactive digital communications.  The excess of amounts billed over revenue recognized represents unearned contract revenue, which is classified as a current liability.

Loans and Investments in Privately Held Entities

From time-to-time, the Company makes investments in and/or loans to privately-held companies.  The Company determines whether the fair values of any investments in privately held entities have declined below their carrying value whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that recorded values may not be recoverable.  If the Company considers any such decline to be other than temporary (based on various factors, including historical financial results, and the overall health of the investee’s industry), a write-down to estimated fair value is recorded.  On a quarterly basis, the Company reviews outstanding loans receivable to determine if a provision for doubtful notes is necessary.  These reviews include discussions with senior management of the investee, and evaluations of, among other things, the investee’s progress against its business plan, its product development activities and customer base, industry market conditions, historical and projected financial performance, expected cash needs and recent funding events.  The Company records interest income on the impaired loans; however, that amount is fully reserved if the investee is not making its interest payments.  Subsequent cash receipts on the outstanding interest are applied against the outstanding interest receivable balance and the corresponding allowance.  The Company’s assessments of value are subjective given that the investees may be at an early stage of development and rely regularly on their investors for cash infusions.  As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had a loan receivable balance of $0.5 million which was fully reserved.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation and amortization is recognized on a straight-line basis, using the estimated useful lives of: seven to ten years for furniture and fixtures; two to five years for office and computer equipment; and leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated service lives or the terms of the related leases which are currently five to six years.  Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.  Upon disposition, the asset and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the related accounts and any gains or losses are reflected in operations.

Software Costs

It is the Company’s policy to capitalize certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining internal-use software.  Capitalized software costs are included in property and equipment on the consolidated balance sheet and amortized over the software’s useful life, generally three to seven years.  Software costs that do not meet capitalization criteria are expensed immediately.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial institutions.  The Company also holds investments in Treasury money market funds that maintain an average portfolio maturity less than 90 days and, under the temporary guarantee program for money market funds, are insured by the United States Treasury.  Deposits held with financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits; however, management believes the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the financial institutions in which those deposits are held and the nature of the investments.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

The Company allocates the cost of acquired companies to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the remaining amount classified as goodwill.  Since the entities the Company has acquired do not have significant tangible assets, a significant portion of the purchase price has been allocated to intangible assets and goodwill.  The identification and valuation of these intangible assets and the determination of the estimated useful lives at the time of acquisition, as well as the completion of impairment tests require significant management judgments and estimates.  These estimates are made based on, among other factors, consultations with an accredited independent valuation consultant, reviews of projected future operating results and business plans, economic projections, anticipated highest and best use of future cash flows and the market participant cost of capital.  The use of alternative estimates and assumptions could increase or decrease the estimated fair value of goodwill and other intangible assets, and potentially result in a different impact to the Company’s results of operations.  Further, changes in business strategy and/or market conditions may significantly impact these judgments and thereby impact the fair value of these assets, which could result in an impairment of the goodwill or intangible assets.

The Company tests its goodwill and indefinite lived intangible asset (Group DCA corporate tradename) for impairment at least annually (as of December 31) and whenever events or circumstances change that indicate impairment may have occurred.  A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant decline in our expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate of the pharmaceutical industry; unanticipated competition; and slower growth rates. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill, the indefinite lived intangible asset and our consolidated financial results.

The Company tests its goodwill for impairment at the business (reporting) unit level, which is one level below its operating segments.  The goodwill has been assigned to the reporting unit to which the value relates.  One of the Company's five reporting units, Group DCA, has goodwill. The Company tested goodwill by estimating the fair value of the reporting unit using a Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) model. The key assumptions used in the DCF model to determine the highest and best use of estimated future cash flows include revenue growth rates and profit margins based on internal forecasts, terminal value and a market participant’s weighted-average cost of capital used to discount future cash flows to their present value. The Company tested the indefinite lived intangible asset using a Relief From Royalty Method (RFRM) under the Income Approach. The key assumptions used in the RFRM model include revenue growth rates, the terminal value and the assumed discount rate. While the Company uses available information to prepare estimates and to perform impairment evaluations, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates or related projections, resulting in impairment related to recorded goodwill balances.  See Note 4, Fair Value Measurements, Note 7, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets and Note 18, Discontinued Operations for further information.

Long-Lived Assets, including Finite-Lived Intangible Assets

The Company reviews the recoverability of long-lived assets and finite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable.  If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized by reducing the recorded value of the asset to its fair value measured by future discounted cash flows.  This analysis requires estimates of the amount and timing of projected cash flows and, where applicable, judgments associated with, among other factors, the appropriate discount rate.  Such estimates are critical in determining whether any impairment charge should be recorded and the amount of such charge if an impairment loss is deemed to be necessary.  In addition, future events impacting cash flows for existing assets could render a write-down or write-off necessary that was not previously required.  For a discussion of impairment related to finite-lived intangible assets, see Note 7, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded non-cash charges of approximately $0.6 million for the impairment of certain furniture and leasehold improvements as a result of exiting the remaining space in Dresher, Pennsylvania. This charge has been recorded in discontinued operations. See Note 14, Facilities Realignment, and Note 18, Discontinued Operations, for additional information. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded non-cash charges of approximately $0.1 million for the impairment of certain furniture and leasehold improvements as a result of exiting the space in Schaumburg, Illinois. This charge has been recorded in discontinued operations. See Note 14, Facilities Realignment, and Note 18, Discontinued Operations, for additional information.

Self-Insurance Accruals

The Company is self-insured for benefits paid under employee healthcare programs.  The Company’s liability for healthcare claims is estimated using an underwriting determination which is based on the current year’s average lag days between when a claim is incurred and when it is paid.  The Company maintains stop-loss coverage with third-party insurers to limit its total exposure on all of these programs.  Periodically, the Company evaluates the level of insurance coverage and adjusts insurance levels based on risk tolerance and premium expense.  Management reviews the self-insurance accruals on a quarterly basis.  Actual results may vary from these estimates, resulting in an adjustment in the period of the change in estimate.  Prior to October 1, 2008, the Company was  also self-insured for certain losses for claims filed and claims incurred but not reported relating to workers’ compensation and automobile-related liabilities for Company-leased cars.  Beginning October 1, 2008, the Company became fully-insured through an outside carrier for these losses.  The Company’s liability for claims filed and claims incurred but not reported prior to October 1, 2008 is estimated on an actuarial undiscounted basis supplied by our insurance brokers and insurers using individual case-basedvaluations and statistical analysis. These estimates are based upon judgment and historical experience.  However, the final cost of many of these claims may not be known for five years or more after filing of the claim. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, self-insurance accruals totaled $1.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively, and are included in other accrued expenses on the balance sheet.

Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to various contingencies.  Loss contingencies are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when it is probable that a liability will be incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated, or otherwise disclosed.  The Company is currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, the Company has accrued its estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. These estimates are developed in consultation with outside counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies.  Predicting the outcome of claims and litigation, and estimating related costs and exposures, involves substantial uncertainties that could cause actual costs to vary materially from estimates.

Revenue and Cost of Services

The Company recognizes revenue from services rendered when the following four revenue recognition criteria are met:  persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; services have been rendered; the selling price is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  Many of the product detailing contracts allow for additional periodic incentive fees to be earned if certain performance benchmarks have been attained. See Note 2, Recent Accounting Standards, for a discussion of the impact of newly adopted revenue recognition rules on arrangements with multiple deliverables.

Sales Services

Revenue under pharmaceutical detailing contracts is generally based on the number of physician details made or the number of sales representatives utilized.  Revenue is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period or as the physician details are performed. A portion of revenues earned under certain contracts may be risk-based. The risk-based metrics are based on contractually defined percentages of prescriptions written.  Revenue from risk-based metrics is recognized in the period which the metrics have been attained and when we are reasonably assured that payment will be made. Many of the Company's product detailing contracts also allow for additional periodic incentive fees to be earned if certain activity based performance benchmarks have been attained. Revenue from incentive fees is recognized in the period earned if the performance benchmarks have been attained and when the Company is reasonably assured that payment will be made.   Many contracts also stipulate penalties if agreed upon performance benchmarks have not been met.  Revenue is recognized net of any potential penalties until the performance criteria relating to the penalties have been achieved.  Commission based revenue is recognized when performance is completed. 

The Company's product detailing contracts are generally for terms of one to two years and may be renewed or extended.  The majority of these contracts, however, are terminable by the customer for any reason upon 30 to 180 days’ notice.  Certain contracts provide for termination payments if the customer terminates the agreement without cause.  Typically, however, these penalties do not offset the revenue the Company could have earned under the contract or the costs it may incur as a result of its termination.

The Company maintains continuing relationships with its Sales Services customers which may lead to multiple ongoing contracts with one customer. In situations where the Company enters into multiple contracts with one customer at or near the same time, the Company evaluates the various factors involved in negotiating the arrangements in order to determine if the contracts were negotiated as a package and should be accounted for as a single agreement.

The loss or termination of large pharmaceutical detailing contracts could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.  Historically, the Company has derived a significant portion of its service revenue from a limited number of customers.  Concentration of business in the pharmaceutical industry is common and the industry continues to consolidate.  As a result, the Company is likely to continue to experience significant customer concentration in future periods.  For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s three largest customers, each of whom individually represented 10% or more of the Company's service revenue, collectively accounted for approximately 72.4% and 82.6% of its service revenue, respectively.  See Note 13, Significant Customers, for additional information.

Cost of services consists primarily of the costs associated with executing product detailing programs, performance based contracts or other sales and marketing services identified in the contract and includes personnel costs and other direct costs, as well as the initial direct costs associated with staffing a product detailing program. Personnel costs, which constitute the largest portion of cost of services, include all labor related costs, such as salaries, bonuses, fringe benefits and payroll taxes for the sales representatives, sales managers and professional staff that are directly responsible for executing a particular program. Initial direct program costs are those costs associated with initiating a product detailing program, such as recruiting, hiring, and training the sales representatives who staff a particular program. Other direct costs include, but are not limited to, facility rental fees, travel expenses, sample expenses and other promotional expenses. All personnel costs, initial direct program costs and other direct costs are expensed as incurred. 

Reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses include those relating to travel and other similar costs, for which the Company is reimbursed at cost by its customers.  Reimbursements received for out-of-pocket expenses incurred are characterized as revenue and an identical amount is included as cost of services in the consolidated statements of operations.  For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses were $24.8 million and $21.3 million, respectively.

Training costs include the costs of training the sales representatives and managers on a particular product detailing program so that they are qualified to properly perform the services specified in the related contract.  For the majority of the Company’s contracts, training costs are reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses.

Marketing Services

Revenue under marketing service contracts are primarily based on a series of deliverable services associated with the design and execution of interactive digital promotional programs.  The contracts are generally terminable by the customer for any reason.  Upon termination, the customer is generally responsible for payment for all work completed to date, plus the cost of any nonrefundable commitments the Company has made on behalf of the customer. 

Revenue from certain promotional contracts that include more than one service offering is accounted for as multiple-element arrangements.  For these contracts, the deliverable elements are divided into separate units of accounting provided the following criteria are met: the price is fixed and determinable; the delivered elements have stand-alone value to the customer; and there is no right of return or refund.  The contract revenue is then allocated to the separate units of accounting.  Revenue and cost of services are recognized for each unit of accounting separately as the related services are rendered and costs are incurred, respectively.

A majority of the Company's multiple-element arrangements generally contain two phases for each wave of promotional content that is developed under the program: the development phase and the delivery phase. The development phase represents the creation of the promotional assets to be used in the program while the delivery phase represents the delivery of those assets to the customer's target audience and any communications received from the targets in response to the materials. The Company has determined that these two phases represent the units of accounting of a majority of its multiple-element arrangements.

The Company uses its best estimate of selling price to determine the value of all deliverables within the development unit of accounting and a majority of the deliverables within the delivery unit of accounting. The best estimate of selling price of standard deliverables is derived primarily from the Company's standard rate card, which covers a majority of the deliverables included within its customer contracts and is reviewed and updated on an annual basis or more frequently if circumstances warrant, and management's margin objectives. Prices on the standard rate card are derived primarily from the Company's standard hourly project budgets and its standard hourly billing rate, however, these prices are then evaluated against recent market conditions and Company sales trends and may be adjusted by management in order to remain competitive in the current environment.

The best estimate of selling price of non-standard deliverables included within its customer contracts, which generally represent custom projects, is derived from the deliverable's hourly project budget and the Company's standard hourly billing rate. For a select few types of deliverables provided within its customer contracts, the Company uses third party evidence to determine the value of the deliverables. This applies primarily to the physical production of program recruitment tactics such as webkeys and direct mail, as well as other vendor services that the Company utilizes from time to time such as email broadcasting fees.

Revenue related to the development unit of accounting is recognized as the services are delivered. Revenue related to the delivery unit of accounting is recognized on a straight-line basis over the delivery phase of the project, as defined in the contract, and generally ranges between six and twelve months. 

The Company maintains continuing relationships with our Marketing Services customers which may lead to multiple ongoing contracts between the two parties. In situations where the Company enters into multiple contracts with one customer at or near the same time, it evaluates the various factors involved in negotiating the arrangements in order to determine if the contracts were negotiated together and should be accounted for as a single agreement.

Cost of services consists primarily of the costs associated with executing interactive digital promotional programs or other sales and marketing services identified in the contract and include personnel costs and other direct costs. Personnel costs, which constitute the largest portion of cost of services, include all labor related costs, such as salaries, bonuses, fringe benefits and payroll taxes for the professional staff that are directly responsible for executing a particular program. Other direct costs include, but are not limited to, freelance costs; email broadcasting fees; list rental fees; cue card, webkey and direct mail production fees; and other promotional expenses.  All personnel costs and direct program costs are expensed as incurred.

PC Services

Revenue under product commercialization contracts is based on the number of sales representatives utilized and the commercial operations services we provide. The Company has determined that there are two units of accounting in our Interpace BioPharma arrangement: the Dedicated Sales Team providing product detailing services; and the commercial operations providing full supply chain management, operations, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management services. Due to the significant level of customization, selling prices are determined for the Dedicated Sales Team through internal development of a program budget consistent with the manner of deriving selling prices that the Company employs in its Sales Services segment. Selling prices for commercial operations are determined by estimating the expenditures required to perform the services, plus the addition of a profit margin consistent with the expected profit margin to be generated by the Dedicated Sales Team. Revenue is recognized for the Dedicated Sales Team on a straight-line basis over the product detailing service period which begins upon deployment of the sales force. Revenue is recognized for commercial operations services as services are provided over the term of the contract. During the year ended December 31, 2011, one customer accounted for all of the revenue in the PC Services reporting segment.

In August 2011, Interpace BioPharma announced their first contract, a two and one-half year fee-for-service arrangement with a pharmaceutical company. This contract includes standard representations and warranties, as well as mutual confidentiality and indemnification obligations for the Company's protection, and is terminable by the customer without cause upon 180 days prior written notice after the first anniversary of the contract effective date. If the contract is terminated by the customer without cause, break up fees apply. The total compensation provided by the break up fee will not fully offset the revenue the Company would have earned from fully executing the contract or the costs the Company may incur as a result of its early termination.

This contract also includes exclusivity provisions limiting the Company's ability to promote competing products during the contract service period unless consent has been provided by the customer, and may also require the personnel the Company utilizes to be dedicated exclusively to promoting the customer’s product for the term of the contract. This agreement also includes incentive payments that can be earned if the Company's promotional activities generate results that meet or exceed agreed-upon performance targets.

Cost of services consists primarily of the costs associated with executing product detailing programs and includes personnel costs and other direct costs, as well as the initial direct costs associated with staffing a product detailing program. Cost of services may also include costs such as distribution, marketing and promotion, public relations, patient reimbursement programs, managed care support, and market research. Personnel costs, which constitute the largest portion of cost of services, include all labor related costs, such as salaries, bonuses, fringe benefits and payroll taxes for the sales representatives, sales managers and professional staff that are directly responsible for executing the program. Initial direct program costs are those costs associated with initiating a product detailing program, such as recruiting, hiring, and training the sales representatives who staff a particular program. Other direct costs include, but are not limited to, facility rental fees, travel expenses, sample expenses and other promotional expenses. All personnel costs, initial direct program costs and other direct costs are expensed as incurred. 

Contract Loss Provisions

Provisions for losses to be incurred on contracts are recognized in full in the period in which it is determined that a loss will result from performance of the contractual arrangement.

Stock-Based Compensation

The compensation cost associated with the granting of stock-based awards is based on the grant date fair value of the stock award.  The Company recognizes the compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, over the shorter of the vesting period or the period from the grant date to the date when retirement eligibility is achieved.  Forfeitures are initially estimated based on historical information and subsequently updated over the life of the awards to ultimately reflect actual forfeitures.  As a result, changes in forfeiture activity can influence the amount of stock compensation cost recognized from period to period.

The Company primarily uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and stock-based stock appreciation rights (SARs). The determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards is made on the date of grant and is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions made regarding a number of complex and subjective variables.  These assumptions include: expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards; actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors; the risk-free interest rate; and expected dividend yield.  These assumptions are more fully described in Note 12, Stock-Based Compensation. The fair value of restricted stock units (RSUs) and restricted shares is equal to the closing stock price on the date of grant.

Treasury Stock

Treasury stock purchases are accounted for under the cost method whereby the entire cost of the acquired stock is recorded as treasury stock.  Upon reissuance of shares, the Company records any difference between the weighted-average cost of such shares and any proceeds received as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital.

Rent Expense

Minimum rental expenses are recognized over the term of the lease.  The Company recognizes minimum rent starting when possession of the property is taken from the landlord, which may include a construction period prior to occupancy.  When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis and records the difference between the recognized rental expense and the amounts payable under the lease as a deferred rent liability.  The Company may also receive tenant allowances including cash or rent abatements, which are reflected in other accrued expenses and long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. These allowances are amortized as a reduction of rent expense over the term of the lease.  Certain leases provide for contingent rents that are not measurable at inception.  These contingent rents are primarily based upon use of utilities and the landlord’s operating expenses.  These amounts are excluded from minimum rent and are included in the determination of total rent expense when it is probable that the expense has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable.

Income taxes

Income taxes are based on income for financial reporting purposes calculated using the Company’s expected annual effective rate and reflect a current tax liability or asset for the estimated taxes payable or recoverable on the current year tax return and expected annual changes in deferred taxes.  Any interest or penalties on income tax are recognized as a component of income tax expense.

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method.  This method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between tax bases and financial reporting bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities based on enacted tax laws and rates.  Deferred tax expense (benefit) is the result of changes in the deferred tax asset and liability.  A valuation allowance is established, when necessary, to reduce the deferred income tax assets when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company operates in multiple tax jurisdictions and pays or provides for the payment of taxes in each jurisdiction where it conducts business and is subject to taxation.  The breadth of the Company’s operations and the complexity of the tax law require assessments of uncertainties and judgments in estimating the ultimate taxes the Company will pay.  The final taxes paid are dependent upon many factors, including negotiations with taxing authorities in various jurisdictions, outcomes of tax litigation and resolution of proposed assessments arising from federal and state audits.  Uncertain tax positions are recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not (i.e., a likelihood of more than fifty percent) that a position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities that have full knowledge of all relevant information. A recognized tax position is then measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company adjusts accruals for unrecognized tax benefits as facts and circumstances change, such as the progress of a tax audit. The Company believes that any potential audit adjustments will not have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or liquidity. However, any adjustments made may be material to the Company’s consolidated results of operations or cash flows for a reporting period.

Significant judgment is also required in evaluating the need for and magnitude of appropriate valuation allowances against deferred tax assets.  Deferred tax assets are regularly reviewed for recoverability.  The Company currently has significant deferred tax assets resulting from net operating loss carryforwards and deductible temporary differences, which should reduce taxable income in future periods.  The realization of these assets is dependent on generating future taxable income.

Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year including any unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends.  Diluted earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income by the sum of the weighted average number of shares outstanding and dilutive common shares under the treasury method. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid), are participating securities and are included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes net income and the net unrealized gains and losses on investment securities, net of tax.  Other comprehensive income is net of reclassification adjustments to adjust for items currently included in net income, such as realized gains and losses on investment securities.

Subsequent Events

There are no subsequent events the Company has identified for disclosure.

Reclassifications

The Company reclassified certain prior period financial statement balances to conform to the current year presentation. See Note 18, Discontinued Operations, for further information.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parentheticals) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	15,820,373	15,463,995
Common stock, shares outstanding	14,744,924	14,390,788
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	5,000,000	5,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Treasury shares oustanding	1,075,449	1,073,207

XML

Preferred Stock

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Preferred Stock [Abstract]

Preferred Stock [Text Block]

11. Preferred Stock

The board of directors of PDI (Board) is authorized to issue, from time-to-time, up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series.  The Board is authorized to fix the rights and designation of each series, including dividend rights and rates, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption terms and prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares of each series.  As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, there were no issued and outstanding shares of preferred stock.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Mar. 06, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Entity Information [Line Items]
Entity Registrant Name	PDI INC
Entity Central Index Key	0001054102
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Amendment Flag	false
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		14,886,977
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Public Float			$ 42,804,861

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

STOCK BASED COMPENSATION [Abstract]

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Text Block]

12. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company’s stock-incentive program is a long-term retention program that is intended to attract, retain and provide incentives for talented employees, officers and directors, and to align stockholder and employee interests.  The Company considers its stock-incentive program critical to its operations and productivity.  Currently, the Company grants options, SARs and restricted shares from the PDI, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the Amended 2004 Plan), which is described below.

The Company primarily uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and SARs. The determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by the Company’s stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. These variables include the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends.  Expected volatility is based on historical volatility.  As there is no trading volume for the Company’s options, implied volatility is not representative of the Company’s current volatility so the historical volatility of the Company's common stock is determined to be more indicative of the Company’s expected future stock performance.  The expected life is determined using the safe-harbor method. The Company expects to use this simplified method for valuing employee SARs grants until more detailed information about exercise behavior becomes available over time.  The Company bases the risk-free interest rate on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options or SARs.  The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future and therefore uses an expected dividend yield of zero in the option valuation model. The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.  The Company recognizes compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, arising from the issuance of stock options and SARs on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the grant.

The estimated compensation cost associated with the granting of restricted stock and restricted stock units is based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The Company recognizes the compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, arising from the issuance of restricted stock and restricted stock units on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the vesting period or the period from the grant date to the date when retirement eligibility is achieved.

There were no SARs granted during 2011. The following table provides the weighted average assumptions used in determining the fair value of the non-performance based SARs granted during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Risk-free interest rate	1.28	%
Expected life	3.5 years
Expected volatility	51.27	%

Stock Incentive Plan

In 2011, the Board and stockholders approved the Amended 2004 Plan.  The Amended 2004 Plan replaced the 1998 Stock Option Plan (the 1998 Plan) and the 2000 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the 2000 Plan).  The Amended 2004 Plan authorized an additional 1,100,000 shares for new awards and combined the remaining shares available under the original 2004 Plan.  Eligible participants under the Amended 2004 Plan include officers and other employees of the Company, members of the Board and outside consultants, as specified under the Amended 2004 Plan and designated by the Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board (Compensation Committee).  Unless earlier terminated by action of the Board, the Amended 2004 Plan will remain in effect until such time as no stock remains available for delivery under the Amended 2004 Plan and the Company has no further rights or obligations under the Amended 2004 Plan with respect to outstanding awards thereunder. 

Historically, stock options were generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market value of the common stock on the date of grant, expired 10 years from the date they are granted, and generally vested over a two-year period for members of the Board of Directors and a three-year period for employees.  Upon exercise, new shares are issued by the Company.  The Company has not granted stock options since 2005.  SARs are generally granted with a grant price equal to the market value of the common stock on the date of grant, vest one-third each year on the anniversary of the date of grant and expire five years from the date of grant.  The restricted shares and restricted stock units generally have vesting periods that range from eighteen months to three years and are subject to accelerated vesting and forfeiture under certain circumstances.

In November 2008, the Company’s chief executive officer was granted 140,000 restricted stock units and 280,000 performance contingent SARs.  The restricted stock units will vest into shares of the Company’s common stock, in five equal installments, with the initial 20% of the units vesting immediately on the grant date and an additional 20% of the units vesting on each anniversary of the grant date over a four year period.  The performance contingent SARs have an exercise price of $4.28, a seven year term to expiration, and a weighted-average fair value of $0.86.  The fair value estimate of the performance contingent SARs was calculated using a Monte Carlo Simulation model.  The performance contingent SARs are subject to the same time-based vesting schedule as the restricted stock units, but will not vest unless and until certain additional, performance-based conditions are satisfied: (1) with respect to the initial 94,000 performance contingent SARs, the closing price of the Company’s common stock is at least $10.00 per share for 60 consecutive trading days anytime within five years from the grant date; (2) with respect to the next 93,000 performance contingent SARs, the closing price of the Company’s common stock is at least $15.00 per share for 60 consecutive trading days anytime within five years from the grant date; and (3) with respect to the final 93,000 performance contingent SARs, the closing price of the Company’s common stock is at least $20.00 per share for 60 consecutive trading days anytime within five years from the grant date.  Vesting of the performance contingent SARs granted to the CEO is contingent upon achievement of certain stock prices; these stock prices represent premiums in excess of 25% to the closing stock price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  As of December 31, 2011, none of the performance contingent SARs had vested.  During the first quarter of 2011, the Company, with the approval of the Company’s Compensation Committee, modified the performance-based vesting conditions of all performance contingent SARS.  The modified terms of the grant change the “60 consecutive trading days” disclosed above to “an average of 60 consecutive trading days.” The modification of these terms had a financial impact of approximately $45,000 in the year ended December 31, 2011.

The weighted-average fair value of non-performance based SARs granted during the years ended December 31, 2010 was estimated to be $2.09.  There were no SARs granted during 2011. There were 29,451 SARs exercised in 2011 with a weighted-average grant price of $5.03 and 17,942 SARs exercised in 2010 with a weighted-average grant price of $7.62. Historically, shares issued upon the exercise of options have been new shares and have not come from treasury shares.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $2.1million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested SARs and restricted stock that are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 1.9 years.

The impact of stock options, SARs, performance shares, RSUs and restricted stock on net loss for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

	2011		2010
Stock options and SARs	$	238	$	255
Performance awards	111		80
RSUs and restricted stock	1,587		1,159
Total stock-based compensation expense	$	1,936	$	1,494

A summary of stock option and SARs activity for the year ended December 31, 2011, and changes during such year, is presented below:

	Shares		Average Grant Price	Remaining Contractual Period (in years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2011	937,266		$8.53	3.79	$3,867
Granted	—		$0.00	—	$	—
Exercised	(29,451	)	$5.03
Forfeited or expired	(168,892	)	$15.54
Outstanding at December 31, 2011	738,923		$7.06	2.97	$896
Exercisable at December 31, 2011	275,857		$10.88	1.99	$89
Vested and expected to vest	721,965		$7.05	2.97	$889

A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested SARs for the year ended December 31, 2011, and changes during such year, is presented below:

	Shares		Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011	648,473		$	1.51
Granted	—		$	—
Vested	(124,738	)	$	2.12
Forfeited	(60,669	)	$	1.46
Nonvested at December 31, 2011	463,066		$	1.35

The aggregate fair value of SARs vested during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of SARs vested during the year ended December 31, 2010 was $2.52.

A summary of the Company’s nonvested shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2011, and changes during such year, is presented below:

	Shares		Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value		Average Remaining Vesting Period (in years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011	505,319		$	5.85	1.87	$	5,326
Granted	331,268		$	8.00	2.29	$	1,968
Vested	(155,297	)	$	5.21
Forfeited	(75,152	)	$	7.09
Nonvested at December 31, 2011	606,138		$	7.04	1.68	$	3,891

The aggregate fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units vested during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $0.8 million and $0.9 million, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units vested during the year ended December 31, 2010 was $6.02.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Revenue, net	$ 157,291	$ 134,589
Cost of services	124,820	108,037
Gross profit	32,471	26,552
Operating expenses:
Compensation expense	19,694	16,267
Other selling, general and administrative expenses	14,590	15,189
DCA contingent consideration buyout and related charges	2,889	0
Facilities realignment	0	1,999
Total operating expenses	37,173	33,455
Operating loss	(4,702)	(6,903)
Other (expense) income, net	(14)	120
Loss from continuing operations before tax	(4,716)	(6,783)
(Benefit) provision for income tax	(939)	392
Loss from continuing operations	(3,777)	(7,175)
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax	(8,137)	361
Net loss	$ (11,914)	$ (6,814)
Basic (loss) income per share of common stock:
From continuing operations	$ (0.26)	$ (0.5)
From discontinued operations	$ (0.57)	$ 0.02
Net loss per basic share of common stock	$ (0.83)	$ (0.48)
Diluted (loss) income per share of common stock:
From continuing operations	$ (0.26)	$ (0.5)
From discontinued operations	$ (0.57)	$ 0.02
Net loss per basic share of common stock	$ (0.83)	$ (0.48)
Weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding:
Basic	14,440	14,306
Diluted	14,440	14,306

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Property and Equipment [Abstract]

Property, Plant and Equipment Disclosure [Text Block]

6.    Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31,
	2011			2010
Furniture and fixtures	$	3,587		$	3,638
Office equipment	1,278			1,273
Computer equipment	5,630			7,525
Computer software	11,197			9,347
Leasehold improvements	7,116			7,166
	28,808			28,949
Less accumulated depreciation	(26,324		)	(25,002		)
	$	2,484		$	3,947

Depreciation expense was approximately $1.8 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  Included in depreciation expense is amortization expense for capitalized computer software costs of approximately $0.4 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the unamortized balance of capitalized computer software was $0.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded a non-cash charge of approximately $0.6 million for furniture and leasehold improvements in discontinued operations related to the Dresher, Pennsylvania facility. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recorded a non-cash charge of less than $0.1 million for furniture and leasehold improvements in discontinued operations related to the Schaumburg, Illinois facility.

XML

Investments in Marketable Securities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

INVESTMENTS IN MARKETABLE SECURITIES [Abstract]

Marketable Securities [Text Block]

5. Investments in Marketable Securities

Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with the unrealized holding gains or losses, net of tax, included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are computed based upon specific identification and included in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations.  Declines in value judged to be other than-temporary on available-for-sale securities are recorded as realized in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations and the cost basis of the security is reduced. The fair values for marketable equity securities are based on quoted market prices.  Held-to-maturity investments are stated at amortized cost which approximates fair value.  Interest income is accrued as earned.  Realized gains and losses on held-to-maturity investments are computed based upon specific identification and included in interest income, net in the consolidated statement of operations.  The Company does not have any investments classified as trading.

Available-for-sale securities consist of assets in a rabbi trust associated with the Company’s deferred compensation plan.  At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the carrying value of available-for-sale securities was approximately $127,000 and $147,000, respectively, which are included in short-term investments.  The available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of approximately $62,000 and $76,000, respectively, in money market accounts, and approximately $65,000 and $71,000, respectively, in mutual funds.  At December 31, 2011, accumulated other comprehensive income included gross unrealized holding gains of approximately $12,000 and no gross unrealized holding losses.  At December 31, 2010, accumulated other comprehensive income included approximately $10,000 gross unrealized holding gains and no gross unrealized holding losses.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, other income, net included no gross realized losses orrealized gains.

The Company’s other marketable securities consist of investment grade debt instruments such as obligations of U.S. Treasury and U.S. Federal Government agencies and are maintained in separate accounts to support the Company’s letters-of-credit.  These investments are categorized as held-to-maturity because the Company’s management has the intent and ability to hold these securities to maturity.  The Company had standby letters-of-credit of approximately $3.1 million and $5.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as collateral for its existing insurance policies and facility leases.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, held-to-maturity investments included:

			Maturing						Maturing
	December 31, 2011		within 1 year		after 1 year through 3 years		December 31, 2010		within 1 year		after 1 year through 3 years
Cash/money market funds	$	111	$	111	$	—	$	80	$	80	$	—
US Treasury securities	4,293		1,323		2,970		4,093		—		4,093
Government agency securities	871		—		871		1,181		—		1,181
Total	$	5,275	$	1,434	$	3,841	$	5,354	$	80	$	5,274

At December 31, 2011and December 31, 2010, held-to-maturity investments were recorded in the following accounts: 

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Other current assets	$	1,434	$	80
Other long-term assets	3,841		5,274
Total	$	5,275	$	5,354

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

SEGMENT INFORMATION [Abstract]

Segment Reporting Disclosure [Text Block]

17.   Segment Information

The accounting policies followed by the segments are described in Note 1, Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies.  Corporate charges are allocated to each of the reporting segments on the basis of total salary expense. Corporate charges include corporate headquarter costs and certain depreciation expenses. Certain corporate capital expenditures have not been allocated from Sales Services to the other reporting segments since it is impracticable to do so.

The Company reports under the following three segments:

Sales Services segment – includes the Company’s Dedicated Sales Teams, Shared Sales Teams and EngageCE, the Company’s new clinical educators business unit.  This segment provides services through personal promotion with healthcare providers and uses teams to deliver services to a wide base. These businesses have similar long-term average gross margins, contract terms, types of customers and regulatory environments and therefore the business units have been aggregated into one reporting segment.

Marketing Services segment – includes the Company’s Group DCA and PDI Voice (Voice) business units.  This segment provides services though non-personal promotion with healthcare providers and is project driven. The units comprising this segment have a large number of smaller contracts, share similar gross margins, have similar customers, and have low barriers to entry for competition and therefore the business units have been aggregated into one reporting segment.  The offerings within this segment include peer-to-peer, interactive digital and telephonic communications with healthcare providers. Formerly this segment included TVG, whose operations were discontinued in 2010, and Pharmakon, whose operations were discontinued in 2011.

PC Services segment –  includes the Company's Interpace BioPharma business unit, the formation of which was announced on August 1, 2011. Interpace BioPharma provides biopharmaceutical clients with full-service product commercialization solutions. These services include full supply chain management, operations, sales, marketing, compliance, and regulatory/medical management.

	Sales Services			Marketing Services			PC Services		Consolidated
For the year ended December 31, 2011:
Revenue	$	135,970		$	12,195		$	9,126	$	157,291
Operating income (loss)	$	3,272		$	(9,493	)	$	1,519	$	(4,702	)
Capital expenditures	$	175		$	164		$	4	$	343
Depreciation expense	$	1,395		$	357		$	7	$	1,759
Total assets	$	66,889		$	39,965		$	6,525	$	113,379
For the year ended December 31, 2010:
Revenue	$	133,307		$	1,282		$	—	$	134,589
Operating (loss)	$	(1,657	)	$	(5,246	)	$	—	$	(6,903	)
Capital expenditures	$	2,027		$	103		$	—	$	2,130
Depreciation expense	$	1,136		$	61		$	—	$	1,197
Total assets	$	74,923		$	49,466		$	—	$	124,389

XML

Significant Customers

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Significant Customers [Abstract]

Concentration Risk Disclosure [Text Block]

13.   Significant Customers

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had several significant customers for which it provided services under specific contractual arrangements.  The following sets forth the net revenue generated by customers who accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue from continuing operations during each of the periods presented.

	Years Ended December 31,
Customer	2011		2010
A	$	67,138	$	71,825
B	$	27,956	$	15,919
C	$	21,724	$	23,631

The Company recorded revenue in its Sales Services segment from Customers A through C during the periods that they were considered a significant customer as presented above.   The Company recorded revenue in its Marketing Services segment from Customer A in both periods.

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s three largest customers, each representing 10% or more of its revenue, accounted for, in the aggregate, approximately 74.3% and 82.8%, respectively, of its revenue from continuing operations.  At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company’s three largest customers represented 59% and 75%, respectively, of the aggregate of its outstanding accounts receivable and unbilled services.

XML

Long-Term Liabilities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

LONG TERM LIABILITIES [Abstract]

Accounts Payable, Accrued Liabilities, and Other Liabilities Disclosure, Noncurrent [Text Block]

9. Long-Term Liabilities

Long-term liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Rent payable	$	2,070	$	2,374
Uncertain tax positions	2,887		4,088
Restructuring	2,679		3,435
Contingent earnout fee	—		1,557
Other	142		94
	$	7,778	$	11,548

See Note 3, Acquisition, and Note 4, Fair Value Measurements, for additional information related to the Group DCA contingent earnout fee above.

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS [Abstract]

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Text Block]

7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and indefinite and finite-lived intangible assets recorded as of December 31, 2011 is attributable to the 2010 acquisition of Group DCA. Goodwill and finite-lived intangible assets recorded as of December 31, 2010 are attributable to the 2010 acquisition of Group DCA and the 2004 acquisition of Pharmakon. As of December 31, 2011, the carrying amount of goodwill for the Group DCA business unit was $18.9 million. As of December 31, 2010, the carrying amounts of goodwill for the Group DCA business unit was $18.9 million and Pharmakon reporting unit was $5.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company sold certain assets of its Pharmakon business unit and exited the business. As a result of this transaction, the Company wrote-off Pharmakon's goodwill and finite-lived intangible assets during the year ended December 31, 2011. See Note 18, Discontinued Operations, for additional information.

Goodwill

During the Company’s annual goodwill impairment test performed as of December 31, 2011, management determined that the fair value of the Group DCA reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill, and thus concluded that the Group DCA goodwill was not considered impaired. As of December 31, 2011, Group DCA’s fair value exceeded its carrying value by approximately $13.0 million, or 47%. If, in future periods, the Group DCA reporting unit's projected long-term sales growth rate, profit margins, or terminal rate change adversely, or the assumed weighted-average cost of capital is considerably higher, future testing may indicate impairment of the goodwill and, as a result, require an adjustment to reduce or write off the carrying value of Group DCA’s goodwill.

Other Intangible Assets

In 2010 the Company recorded approximately $8.4 million in other intangible assets related to its acquisition of Group DCA. This balance was comprised of technology of $4.1 million, the Healthcare Professionals database of $2.2 million and the corporate tradename of $2.1 million. See Note 3, Acquisition, for further information. As of December 31, 2011, the fair value of Group DCA’s corporate tradename exceeded its carrying value. If, in future periods, Group DCA reporting unit’s projected long-term sales growth rate or terminal rate change adversely, or the assumed discount rate is considerably higher, future testing may indicate impairment of the corporate tradename and, as a result, require an adjustment to reduce or write off the carrying value of Group DCA’s corporate tradename.

		As of December 31, 2011						As of December 31, 2010
	Life (Years)	Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net		Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Net
Pharmakon*
Customer relationships	7	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	1,751	$	250	$	1,501
Corporate tradename	7	—		—		—		791		113		678
Group DCA
Technology	6	4,097		797		3,300		4,097		113		3,984
Healthcare professional database	10	2,203		257		1,946		2,203		36		2,167
Corporate tradename	N/A	2,063		—		2,063		2,063		—		2,063
Total		$	8,363	$	1,054	$	7,309	$	10,905	$	512	$	10,393

* On December 29, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement to sell certain assets of its Pharmakon reporting unit. See Note18, Discontinued Operations, for additional details related to the Pharmakon asset sale.

Amortization expense related to continuing operations was approximately $0.9 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.  Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

2012	2013	2014	2015	2016
$905	$905	$905	$905	$754

XML

Retirement Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Retirement Plans [Abstract]

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Text Block]

8. Retirement Plans

The Company offers an employee 401(k) saving plan.  Under the PDI, Inc. 401(k) Plan, employees may contribute up to 25% of their pre- or post-tax compensation.  Effective January 1, 2004, the Company made a safe harbor non-elective contribution equal to 100% of the first 3% of the participant’s contributed base salary plus 50% of the participant’s base salary contributed exceeding 3% but not more than 5%.  Participants are not allowed to invest any of their 401(k) funds in the Company’s common stock.  The Company’s total contribution expense from continuing operations related to the 401(k) plan for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $0.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Text Block]

10. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases facilities, automobiles and certain equipment under agreements classified as operating leases, which expire at various dates through 2017.  Substantially all of the property leases provide for increases based upon use of utilities and landlord’s operating expenses as well as pre-defined rent escalations.  Total expense under these agreements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $3.8 million and $4.0 million, respectively, of which $3.3 million and $3.5 million, respectively, related to automobiles leased for use by employees for a maximum lease term of one year from the date of delivery with the option to renew.

As of December 31, 2011, contractual obligations with terms exceeding one year and estimated minimum future rental payments required by non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining lease terms exceeding one year are as follows:

				Less than			1 to 3			3 to 5			After
	Total			1 Year			Years			Years			5 Years
Contractual obligations (1)	$	146		$	41		$	83		$	19		$	4
Operating lease obligations:
Minimum lease payments	19,221			4,329			8,875			5,731			285
Less minimum sublease rentals (2)	(9,042		)	(1,431		)	(4,408		)	(3,203		)	—
Net minimum lease payments	10,178			2,898			4,468			2,528			285
Total	$	10,325		$	2,939		$	4,550		$	2,547		$	289

(1) Amounts represent contractual obligations related to software license contracts, office equipment, and outsourcing contracts for software system support.

(2) As of December 31, 2011, the Company has entered into various sublease agreements for substantially all of the office space at the Saddle River, New Jersey facility and the Dresher, Pennsylvania facility. These subleases will provide aggregated lease payments of approximately $6.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively, over the remaining lease periods.

Letters of Credit

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $3.1 million in letters of credit outstanding as required by its existing insurance policies and its facility leases.

Litigation

Due to the nature of the businesses in which the Company is engaged, such as product detailing and in the past, the distribution of products, it is subject to certain risks. Such risks include, among others, risk of liability for personal injury or death to persons using products the Company promotes or distributes. There can be no assurance that substantial claims or liabilities will not arise in the future due to the nature of the Company’s business activities and recent increases in litigation related to healthcare products, including pharmaceuticals. The Company seeks to reduce its potential liability under its service agreements through measures such as contractual indemnification provisions with customers (the scope of which may vary from customer to customer, and the performance of which is not secured) and insurance. The Company could, however, also be held liable for errors and omissions of its employees in connection with the services it performs that are outside the scope of any indemnity or insurance policy. The Company could be materially adversely affected if it were required to pay damages or incur defense costs in connection with a claim that is outside the scope of an indemnification agreement; if the indemnity, although applicable, is not performed in accordance with its terms; or if the Company’s liability exceeds the amount of applicable insurance or indemnity.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

Income Tax Disclosure [Text Block]

15. Income Taxes

The provision for or benefit from income taxes on continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is comprised of the following:

	2011			2010
Current:
Federal	$	(879	)	$	34
State	(39		)	274
Total current	(918		)	308
Deferred:
Federal	(17		)	71
State	(4		)	13
Total deferred	(21		)	84
Provision for income taxes	$	(939	)	$	392

The Company performs an analysis each year to determine whether the expected future income will more likely than not be sufficient to realize the deferred tax assets.  The Company's recent operating results and projections of future income weighed heavily in the Company's overall assessment.  As a result of this analysis, the Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its federal and state net deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011 as the Company believes that it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized. The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company’s deferred tax assets and (liabilities) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

	2011			2010
Current deferred tax assets (liabilities)
included in other current assets:
Allowances and reserves	$	2,953		$	1,992
Compensation	3,564			3,148
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets	(6,517		)	(5,140		)
	—			—
Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities)
included in other long-term assets:
State net operating loss carryforwards	4,366			3,888
Federal net operating loss carryforwards	24,743			15,067
State taxes	1,134			1,134
Self insurance and other reserves	267			1,321
Property, plant and equipment	2,431			2,406
Intangible assets	930			5,279
Other reserves - restructuring	667			1,292
Compensation	9			—
Deferred Revenue	1,660			—
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets	(36,269		)	(30,471		)
	(62		)	(84		)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(62	)	$	(84	)

The noncurrent net deferred tax liability as of December 31, 2011 relates to tax amortization of the tax basis in trade names associated with the Group DCA acquisition.  The Company determined that this deferred tax liability would not be realizable for an indeterminate time in the future and consequently should not be included in net deferred tax assets for purposes of calculating the valuation allowance in any period.

Federal tax attribute carryforwards at December 31, 2011, consist primarily of approximately $24.7 million of federal net operating losses.  In addition, the Company has approximately $4.4 million of state net operating losses carryforwards.  The utilization of the federal carryforwards as an available offset to future taxable income is subject to limitations under federal income tax laws.  If the federal net operating losses are not utilized, they begin to expire in 2027, and current state net operating losses not utilized began to expire in 2011.

A reconciliation of the difference between the federal statutory tax rates and the Company's effective tax rate from continuing operations is as follows:

	2011		2010
Federal statutory rate	35.0	%	35.0	%
State income tax rate, net
of Federal tax benefit	1.3	%	(1.7	)%
Meals and entertainment	(3.3	)%	(1.5	)%
Valuation allowance	(35.0	)%	(35.3	)%
Other non-deductible	—	%	(0.1	)%
Other taxes	0.4	%	—	%
Net change in Federal and state reserves	21.5	%	(2.2	)%
Effective tax rate	19.9	%	(5.8	)%

The following table summarizes the change in uncertain tax benefit reserves for the two years ended December 31, 2011:

	Unrecognized
	Tax Benefits
Balance of unrecognized benefits as of January 1, 2010	$	3,936
Additions for tax positions related to the current year	—
Additions for tax positions of prior years	—
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	—
Balance as of December 31, 2010	$	3,936
Additions for tax positions related to the current year	—
Additions for tax positions of prior years	—
Reductions for tax positions of prior years	(2,819		)
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	1,117

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $1.1 million and $3.9 million, respectively.  The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $1.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively. Also included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $0.0 million and $2.2 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would result in an increase to deferred tax assets and a corresponding decrease to the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets.

The Company recognized interest and penalties of $0.1 million and $0.2 million related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  At December 31, 2011 and 2010, accrued interest and penalties, net were $1.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively.

The Company and its subsidiaries file a U.S. Federal consolidated income tax return and consolidated and separate income tax returns in numerous states and local tax jurisdictions.  The following tax years remain subject to examination as of December 31, 2011:

Jurisdiction	Tax Years
Federal	2009-2011
State and Local	2007-2011

To the extent there was a failure to file a tax return in a previous year, the statute of limitation will not begin until the return is filed. In March of 2011, the examination by the Internal Revenue Service of the 2008 net operating loss carry back to the 2003 to 2005 tax years was closed, therefore these years are considered effectively settled in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 740.  There were no examinations in process by the Internal Revenue Service as of December 31, 2011.

XML

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]

Schedule of Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Text Block]

PDI INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

	Balance at	Additions			Balance at
	Beginning	Charged to	Deductions		end
Description	of Period	Operations	Other (1)		of Period
2011
Allowance for doubtful accounts	—	—	—		—
Allowance for doubtful notes	747	31	—		778
Tax valuation allowance	35,617	—	7,169		42,786
2010
Allowance for doubtful accounts	—	—	—		—
Allowance for doubtful notes	717	30	—		747
Tax valuation allowance	34,177	—	1,440		35,617
Accrued sales returns	—	—	(231	)	—

(1) Includes payments and actual write offs, as well as changes in estimates in the reserves.

XML

Statement of Shareholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Total	Common Stock [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	Comprehensive Income [Member]
Beginning Balance at Dec. 31, 2009		$ 153	$ (13,558)	$ 123,295	$ (35,003)	$ 3
Beginning Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2009		15,308	1,065
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Common stock issued, shares		116
Common stock issued		1		(1)
SARs exercised, shares		3
SARs exercised		0
Restricted stock issued, shares		38
Restricted stock issued		1		(1)
Stock-based compensation expense				1,494
Restricted stock forfeited, shares		(1)
Restricted stock forfeited		0
Treasury stock purchased, shares			8
Treasury stock purchased			(62)
Net loss	(6,814)				(6,814)		(6,814)
Reclassification of realized loss, net of tax						(3)	3
Unrealized holding gain, net of tax						2	2
Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax, Attributable to Parent							(6,809)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	69,513	155	(13,620)	124,787	(41,817)	8
Ending Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2010		15,464	1,073
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity [Roll Forward]
Common stock issued, shares		141
Common stock issued		1		(1)
SARs exercised, shares		11
SARs exercised		0
Restricted stock issued, shares		236
Restricted stock issued		2		(2)
Stock-based compensation expense				1,936
Restricted stock forfeited, shares		(32)
Restricted stock forfeited		0
Treasury stock purchased, shares			2
Treasury stock purchased			(16)
Net loss	(11,914)				(11,914)		(11,914)
Reclassification of realized loss, net of tax						0	0
Unrealized holding gain, net of tax						4	4
Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Tax, Attributable to Parent							(11,910)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 59,523	$ 158	$ (13,636)	$ 126,720	$ (53,731)	$ 12
Ending Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2011		15,820	1,075

XML

Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS [Abstract]

Fair Value Disclosures [Text Block]

4.      Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  In determining fair value, the Company uses various methods, including market, income and cost approaches.  Based on these approaches, the Company often utilizes certain assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and/or the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique.  These inputs can be readily observable, market-corroborated, or generally unobservable inputs.  The Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.  Based upon observable inputs used in the valuation techniques, the Company is required to provide information according to the fair value hierarchy.  The fair value hierarchy ranks the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values into three broad levels as follows:

Level 1: Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in active markets from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets.  Valuations are obtained from third-party pricing services for identical or similar assets or liabilities.

Level 3: Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets.  Valuations are obtained from third-party pricing services for identical or similar assets or liabilities.

In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.  The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for the Company’s financial instruments measured on a recurring basis at fair value, including the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.

The fair value of marketable securities is valued using market prices in active markets (level 1).  As of December 31, 2011, the Company did not have any marketable securities in less active markets (level 2) or without observable market values that would require a high level of judgment to determine fair value (level 3).

The following table summarizes the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011:

	As of December 31, 2011				Fair Value Measurements
	Carrying		Fair		As of December 31, 2011
	Amount		Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash	$	22,506	$	22,506	$	22,506	$	—	$	—
Money market funds	41,831		41,831		41,831		—		—
	$	64,337	$	64,337	$	64,337	$	—	$	—
Marketable securities:
Money market funds	$	62	$	62	$	62	$	—	$	—
Mutual funds	65		65		65		—		—
U.S. Treasury securities	4,293		4,293		4,293		—		—
Government agency securities	871		871		871		—		—
	$	5,291	$	5,291	$	5,291	$	—	$	—

In connection with the November 3, 2010 acquisition of Group DCA, the Company recorded $1.6 million of contingent consideration. The Company determined the fair value of the contingent consideration based on a probability-weighted income approach derived from revenue estimates and a probability assessment with respect to the likelihood of achieving the various earn-out criteria. The fair value measurement was based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement.  During the year ended December 31, 2011, the contingent consideration was written-off as part of the Group DCA contingent earn-out fee buyout and was netted in the DCA buyout and related costs line item in the consolidated statement of operations. See Note 3, Acquisition, for further information.

The Company considers carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses to approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments.  There is no fair value ascribed to the letters of credit as management does not expect any material losses to result from these instruments because performance is not expected to be required.

XML

Facilities Realignment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

FACILITIES REALIGNMENT [Abstract]

Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities or Restructurings, Policy

14. Facilities Realignment

Saddle River, New Jersey Facility

Prior to December 2009, the Company's corporate headquarters were located in a three-floor facility in Saddle River, New Jersey. In 2007, the Company entered into a sublease for the second floor of its Saddle River, New Jersey facility through the end of the facility's lease term, January 2016. This sublease will not fully offset the Company's lease obligations for this space; therefore, the Company recorded a $1.0 million charge for facility realignment and related asset impairment for furniture and leasehold improvements in the office space.

In December 2009, the Company relocated its corporate headquarters from its Saddle River, New Jersey facility to a smaller office located in Parsippany, New Jersey. Due to the relocation, the Company recorded a facility realignment charge of approximately $3.9 million in December 2009 and a non-cash impairment charge of approximately $1.5 million related to furniture, leasehold improvements and office equipment in the office space. Effective September 1, 2009, the Company extended the sublease for the first floor of its Saddle River, New Jersey facility through the remainder of the facility lease term. The sublease is expected to provide approximately $2.3 million in sublease income through January 2016, but will not fully offset the Company's lease obligations for this space. As a result, the Company recorded a $0.8 million facility realignment charge in the third quarter of 2009. The Company also recorded a non-cash impairment charge of approximately $0.4 million related to furniture and leasehold improvements in the office space.

Due to continued adverse conditions in the real estate market in 2010, the Company adjusted its assumptions regarding its ability to sublease unoccupied space on the third floor of the Saddle River, New Jersey facility resulting in realignment charges of approximately $0.6 million and $1.4 million during the quarters ended June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010, respectively. In September 2011, the Company secured a sublease for the approximately 47,000 square feet of remaining space in Saddle River, New Jersey. This sublease runs through the end of the facility's lease term, January 2016. The Company expects to receive approximately $2.2 million in lease payments over the life of the sublease.

Dresher, Pennsylvania Facility

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company continued to right size its operations in Dresher, Pennsylvania and recorded facility realignment charges of $1.4 million and non-cash impairments of furniture and leasehold improvements of $0.7 million. During 2010, the Company discontinued the operations of its TVG business unit and exited the remaining portion of space at the facility, thus recording additional restructuring charges of $0.3 million for facility realignment and $0.6 million for non-cash asset impairments of furniture and leasehold improvements in discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2010. See Note 18, Discontinued Operations, for further information regarding the discontinued operations of TVG.

In the first quarter of 2011, the Company entered into two separate agreements to sublease substantially all of the remaining space in Dresher, Pennsylvania.  These subleases have lease terms that expire on November 30, 2016 in connection with the underlying facility lease.  

Schaumburg, Illinois Facility

In December 2011, the Company sold certain assets of its Pharmakon business unit, vacated the business units' Schaumburg, Illinois facility and recorded a facility realignment charge of $0.4 million in discontinued operations. The sublease runs through February 2015 and the Company is currently seeking to sublease this 6,700 square feet of office space.

A summary of the significant components of the facility realignment charges for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 by segment is as follows:

	Sales		Discontinued
2010	Services		Operations		Total
Facility lease obligations	$	1,999	$	314	$	2,313
Asset impairments	—		575		575
Related charges	—		16		16
Total facility realignment charge	$	1,999	$	905	$	2,904
2011
Facility lease obligations	$	—	$	392	$	392
Asset impairments	—		—		—
Related charges	—		—		—
Total facility realignment charge	$	—	$	392	$	392

The following table presents a reconciliation of the restructuring charges in 2011 and 2010 to the balances as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, which is included in other accrued expenses ($1.8 million and $2.9 million, respectively) and in long-term liabilities ($2.7 million and $3.4 million, respectively):

	Sales Services			Discontinued Operations			Total
Balance as of January 1, 2010	$	4,730		$	1,523		$	6,253
Accretion	113			34			147
Adjustments	1,999			312			2,311
Payments	(1,813		)	(596		)	(2,409		)
Balance as of December 31, 2010	5,029			1,272			6,301
Accretion	132			27			159
Adjustments	(158		)	364			206
Payments	(1,586		)	(591		)	(2,177		)
Balance as of December 31, 2011	$	3,417		$	1,072		$	4,489